Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

 

x Quarterly Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012.

or

 

¨ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission File Number: 001-31486

 

 

 

LOGO

WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   06-1187536

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

145 Bank Street (Webster Plaza), Waterbury, Connecticut   06702
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(203) 578-2202

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     þ   Yes     ¨   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     þ   Yes     ¨   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   þ    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     ¨   Yes     þ   No

The number of shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, outstanding as of April 27, 2012 was 87,868,904

 


Table of Contents

IN DEX

 

 

          Page No.  

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  

Item 1.

  

Financial Statements

     3   

Item 2.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46   

Item 3.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     71   

Item 4.

  

Controls and Procedures

     71   

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

  

Item 1.

  

Legal Proceedings

     72   

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

     72   

Item 2.

  

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

     72   

Item 3.

  

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

     72   

Item 4.

  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     72   

Item 5.

  

Other Information

     72   

Item 6.

  

Exhibits

     73   

SIGNATURES

     74   

EXHIBIT INDEX

     75   

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I. – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

I TEM  1. F INANCIAL STATEMENTS

WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(In thousands, except share data)

   March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
     (Unaudited)        

Assets:

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 173,027      $ 195,957   

Interest-bearing deposits

     77,921        96,062   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     3,144,867        2,874,764   

Securities held-to-maturity (fair value of $3,234,584 and $3,130,546)

     3,079,654        2,973,727   

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost

     142,595        143,874   

Loans held for sale

     59,615        57,391   

Loans and leases

     11,312,150        11,225,404   

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (210,288     (233,487
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

     11,101,862        10,991,917   

Deferred tax asset, net

     81,676        105,665   

Premises and equipment, net

     141,088        147,379   

Goodwill

     529,887        529,887   

Other intangible assets, net

     14,293        15,690   

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies

     309,556        307,039   

Prepaid FDIC premiums

     32,507        37,946   

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     245,594        237,042   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 19,134,142      $ 18,714,340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity:

    

Deposits:

    

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 2,491,442      $ 2,473,693   

Interest-bearing

     11,453,055        11,182,332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     13,944,497        13,656,025   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

     1,268,589        1,164,706   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     1,352,466        1,252,609   

Long-term debt

     474,318        552,589   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     199,330        242,637   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     17,239,200        16,868,566   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $.01 par value; Authorized - 3,000,000 shares:

    

Series A issued and outstanding - 28,939 shares

     28,939        28,939   

Common stock, $.01 par value; Authorized - 200,000,000 shares

    

Issued - 90,713,626 and 90,709,350 shares

     907        907   

Paid-in capital

     1,146,141        1,145,346   

Retained earnings

     898,031        865,427   

Less: Treasury stock, at cost (3,467,612 and 3,493,915 shares)

     (132,631     (134,641

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

     (46,445     (60,204
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,894,942        1,845,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 19,134,142      $ 18,714,340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   2012     2011  

Interest Income:

    

Interest and fees on loans and leases

   $ 120,741      $ 121,943   

Taxable interest and dividends on securities

     45,888        46,493   

Non-taxable interest on securities

     6,980        7,351   

Loans held for sale

     498        422   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     174,107        176,209   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense:

    

Deposits

     16,056        22,769   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

     4,434        3,562   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     4,564        3,355   

Long-term debt

     5,685        6,362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     30,739        36,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     143,368        140,161   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     4,000        10,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     139,368        130,161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest Income:

    

Deposit service fees

     23,363        25,340   

Loan related fees

     4,869        4,443   

Wealth and investment services

     7,221        6,722   

Mortgage banking activities

     4,383        1,253   

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies

     2,517        2,533   

Net loss on trading securities

     —          (1,799

Net gain on sale of investment securities

     —          2,176   

Other income

     1,633        3,248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     43,986        43,916   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest Expense:

    

Compensation and benefits

     68,619        67,071   

Occupancy

     12,882        14,735   

Technology and equipment

     15,582        15,392   

Intangible assets amortization

     1,397        1,397   

Marketing

     4,100        5,520   

Professional and outside services

     2,692        2,430   

Deposit insurance

     5,709        5,781   

Litigation

     —          292   

Other expenses

     16,832        16,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     127,813        129,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

     55,541        44,952   

Income tax expense

     16,603        12,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     38,938        32,584   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          1,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     38,938        34,579   

Less: Net loss attributable to non controlling interests

     —          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Webster Financial Corporation

     38,938        34,580   

Preferred stock dividends

     (615     (831
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 38,323      $ 33,749   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per common share:

    

Basic

    

Net income from continuing operations

   $ 0.44      $ 0.36   

Net income available to common shareholders

     0.44        0.38   

Diluted

    

Net income from continuing operations

     0.42        0.34   

Net income available to common shareholders

     0.42        0.36   

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Unaudited)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   2012      2011  

Net income

   $ 38,938       $ 34,579   

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes:

     

Securities:

     

Net change in unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     11,619         4,308   

Net change in non-credit related other-than-temporary impairment

     —           746   

Amortization of unrealized loss on securities transferred to held to maturity

     39         28   

Unrealized gain on derivative instruments

     1,041         1,865   

Defined benefit pension plans:

     

Amortization of net loss

     1,048         406   

Amortization of prior service cost

     12         12   

Current year actuarial gain

     —           365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     13,759         7,730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     52,697         42,309   

Less: comprehensive loss attributable to non controlling interests

     —           (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Webster Financial Corporation

   $ 52,697       $ 42,310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

5


Table of Contents

WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Unaudited)

 

     Three months ended March 31, 2012  

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

   Preferred
Stock
     Common
Stock
     Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss), net
    Non
Controlling
Interests
     Total  

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 28,939       $ 907       $ 1,145,346      $ 865,427      $ (134,641   $ (60,204   $ —         $ 1,845,774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     —           —           —          38,938        —          —          —           38,938   

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           —          —          —          13,759        —           13,759   

Dividends declared on common stock of $.05 per share

     —           —           —          (4,377     —          —          —           (4,377

Dividends declared on Series A preferred stock $21.25 per share

     —           —           —          (615     —          —          —           (615

Common stock warrants repurchased

     —           —           —          —          —          —          —           —     

Exercise of stock options

     —           —           (526     —          790        —          —           264   

Net shares acquired related to employee share-based compensation plans

     —           —           —          —          (1,643     —          —           (1,643

Stock-based compensation expense

     —           —           1,222        (1,342     2,863        —          —           2,743   

Issuance of common stock

     —           —           99        —          —          —          —           99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2012

   $ 28,939       $ 907       $ 1,146,141      $ 898,031      $ (132,631   $ (46,445   $ —         $ 1,894,942   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Three months ended March 31, 2011  

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

   Preferred
Stock
     Common
Stock
     Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income,

net
    Non
Controlling
Interests
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 28,939       $ 907       $ 1,160,690      $ 741,870      $ (149,462   $ (13,709   $ 9,644      $ 1,778,879   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     —           —           —          34,580        —          —          (1     34,579   

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           —          —          —          7,730        —          7,730   

Dividends declared on common stock of $.01 per share

     —           —           —          (871     —          —          —          (871

Dividends declared on Series A preferred stock $21.25 per share

     —           —           —          (615     —          —          —          (615

Subsidiary preferred stock dividends $0.22 per share

     —           —           —          (216     —          —          —          (216

Disolution of joint venture

     —           —           —            —          —          (66     (66

Exercise of stock options

     —           —           (35       58        —          —          23   

Net shares acquired related to employee share-based compensation plans

     —           —           —          —          (237     —          —          (237

Stock-based compensation expense

     —           —           252        (1,433     2,370        —          —          1,189   

Issuance of common stock

     —           —           22        (250     560        —          —          332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2011

   $ 28,939       $ 907       $ 1,160,929      $ 773,065      $ (146,711   $ (5,979   $ 9,577      $ 1,820,727   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

6


Table of Contents

WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

 

     Three months ended March 31,  

(In thousands)

   2012     2011  

Operating Activities:

    

Net income

   $ 38,938      $ 34,579   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          1,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations Income from continuing operations

     38,938        32,584   

Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for loan and lease losses

     4,000        10,000   

Deferred tax expense

     17,310        6,266   

Depreciation and amortization

     25,646        21,212   

Stock-based compensation

     2,743        1,189   

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

     (1,022     (16

Gain on sale and write-down of foreclosed and repossessed assets

     (784     (315

Loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment

     104        (49

Loss (gain) on fair value adjustment of private equities

     760        (1,103

(Gain) loss on fair value adjustment of derivative instruments

     (156     119   

Net gain on the sale of investment securities

     —          (2,176

Net decrease in trading securities

     —          11,554   

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies

     (2,517     (2,534

Net (increase) decrease in loans held for sale

     (2,224     41,415   

Net (increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets

     (11,381     322   

Net decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (36,606     (11,265
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     34,811        107,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

    

Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits

     18,141        (52,171

Purchases of available for sale securities

     (436,757     (84,144

Proceeds from maturities and principal payments of available for sale securities

     174,454        214,698   

Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities

     —          91,921   

Purchases of held-to-maturity securities

     (280,945     (302,064

Proceeds from maturities and principal payments of held-to-maturity securities

     171,539        160,429   

Sale of FHLB and FRB stock

     1,279        —     

Net increase in loans

     (117,970     (30,818

Proceeds from the sale of foreclosed properties and repossessed assets

     2,307        4,348   

Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

     516        769   

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (2,477     (6,754
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

     (469,913     (3,786
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

    

Net increase in deposits

     288,472        515,883   

Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     800,000        45,934   

Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     (700,032     (410,425

Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

     103,883        (234,084

Repayment of long-term debt

     (74,901     (10,310

Cash dividends paid to common shareholders

     (4,377     (871

Cash dividends paid to preferred shareholders of consolidated subsidiary

     —          (216

Cash dividends paid to preferred shareholders

     (615     (615

Exercise of stock options

     264        23   

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

     1,022        16   

Issuance of common stock

     99        332   

Common stock repurchased

     (1,643     (237
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

     412,172        (94,570
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

    

Operating activities

     —          1,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

     —          1,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks

     (22,930     10,842   

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

     195,957        159,849   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks at end of period

   $ 173,027      $ 170,691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Interest paid

   $ 32,023      $ 37,347   

Income taxes paid

     3,814        6,175   

Noncash investing and financing activities:

    

Transfer of loans and leases, net to foreclosed properties and repossessed assets

   $ 2,508      $ 4,283   

See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

7


Table of Contents

NOTE 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations . Webster Financial Corporation (together, with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Webster”, the “Company”, our company, we or us), is a bank holding company and financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, headquartered in Waterbury, Connecticut and incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 1986. Webster Financial Corporation’s principal asset at March 31, 2012 was all of the outstanding capital stock of Webster Bank, National Association (“Webster Bank”).

Webster, through Webster Bank and various non-banking financial services subsidiaries, delivers financial services to individuals, families and businesses throughout southern New England and into Westchester County, New York. Webster provides business and consumer banking, mortgage lending, financial planning, trust and investment services through banking offices, ATMs, telephone banking, mobile banking and its Internet website ( www.websterbank.com ). Webster Bank offers, through its HSA Bank division, health savings accounts on a nationwide basis. Webster also offers equipment financing, commercial real estate lending, and asset-based lending.

Basis of Presentation . The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Webster and all other entities in which Webster has a controlling financial interest (collectively referred to as “Webster” or the “Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounting and financial reporting policies Webster follows conform, in all material respects, to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and to general practices within the financial services industry.

The Company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (“VIE”) under GAAP. Voting interest entities are entities in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance itself independently and provides the equity holder with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to make decisions about the entity’s activities. The Company consolidates voting interest entities in which it has all or at least a majority of, the voting interest. VIEs are entities that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIEs economic performance and an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

The Company owns the common stock of trusts which have issued trust preferred securities. These trusts are VIEs in which the Company is not the primary beneficiary and therefore are not consolidated. The trusts’ only assets are junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company, which were acquired by the trusts using the proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities and common stock. The junior subordinated debentures are included in long-term debt (see Note 8) and the Company’s equity interests in the trusts are included in other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures is reported in interest expense on long-term debt in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q have not been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, but, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and results of operations. All such adjustments were of a normal and recurring nature. The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, and Notes thereto, for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in Webster’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 29, 2012 (the “2011 Form 10-K”). Operating results for the interim periods disclosed herein are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.

Use of Estimates . The preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The allowance for loan and lease losses, the fair values of financial instruments, the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, status of contingencies, valuation of investments for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”), and the goodwill valuation are particularly subject to change.

Correction of Immaterial Error Related to Prior Periods. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company identified an error related to the accounting for certain Commercial loan origination and amendment fees. The Company determined that these fees were recognized immediately and not properly amortized over the term of the loan, as required by ASC Topic 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs . As a result, these fees were not recognized as Interest and Fees on Loans and Leases but were recognized in Loan Related Fees, which is a component of Other Non-Interest Income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company reviewed the impact of this error on the prior periods in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99, Materiality , and determined that the error was immaterial to previously reported amounts contained in its periodic reports. Accordingly, the Company has revised its Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

 

8


Table of Contents

The effects of recording this immaterial correction are as follows:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   For the three months ended
March 31, 2011
 
     As Filed      As Revised  

Loans

   $ 11,014,050       $ 11,007,934   

Deferred tax asset

     95,209         97,399   

Retained earnings

     776,968         773,065   

Interest and fees on loans and leases

     121,231         121,943   

Net interest income

     139,449         140,161   

Loan related fees

     4,829         4,443   

Total non-interest income

     44,302         43,916   

Net income before taxes

     44,626         44,952   

Net income after taxes

     32,300         32,584   

Earnings per common share:

     

Basic

     0.38         0.38   

Diluted

     0.36         0.36   

Reclassifications. Certain items in prior financial statements have been reclassified to conform to current presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or net change in cash or cash equivalents. There have been no changes to our significant accounting policies that were disclosed in the Company’s 2011 Form 10-K.

Investment Securities. Investment securities are classified at the time of purchase as “available for sale”, or “held to maturity”. Classification is re-evaluated each quarter to ensure appropriate classification and to maintain consistency with corporate objectives. Debt securities held to maturity are those which Webster has the ability and intent to hold to maturity. Securities held to maturity are recorded at amortized cost. Amortized cost includes the amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts. Such amortization and accretion is included in interest income from securities. Securities classified as available for sale are recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, are calculated each reporting period and presented as a separate component of other comprehensive income (“OCI”). Securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity are recorded at fair value at the time of transfer. The respective gain or loss is reclassified as a separate component of OCI and amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the remaining life of the security.

Investment securities are reviewed quarterly for OTTI. All securities classified as held to maturity or available for sale that are in an unrealized loss position are evaluated for OTTI. The evaluation considers several qualitative factors including the amount of the unrealized loss and the period of time the security has been in a loss position. If the Company intends to sell the security or, if it is more than likely the Company will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, the security is written down to fair value and the respective loss is recorded as non-interest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. If the Company does not intend to sell the security and if it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, only the credit component of any impairment charge of a debt security would be recognized as a loss in non-interest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. The remaining loss component would be recorded in OCI. A decline in the value of an equity security that is considered OTTI is recorded as a loss in non-interest income on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains and losses on sales of securities.

Loans . Loans are stated at the principal amounts outstanding, net of charged off amounts and unamortized premiums and discounts and net of deferred loan fees and/or costs which are recognized as a yield adjustment using the interest method. These yield adjustments are amortized over the contractual life of the related loans adjusted for estimated prepayments when applicable. Interest on loans is credited to interest income as earned based on the interest rate applied to principal amounts outstanding. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when timely collection of principal and interest in accordance with contractual terms is doubtful. A loan is transferred to a non-accrual basis generally when principal or interest payments become 90 days delinquent, unless the loan is well secured and in process of collection, or sooner when management concludes circumstances indicate that the borrower may be unable to meet contractual principal or interest payments.

Accrual of interest is discontinued if the loan is placed on non-accrual status. Residential real estate and consumer loans are placed on non-accrual status at 90 days past due and a charge-off is recorded at 180 days if the loan balance exceeds the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. All commercial, commercial real estate and equipment finance loans are subject to a detailed review by the Company’s credit risk team when 90 days past due and a specific determination is made to put a loan on non-accrual status. A charge off is recorded on a case-by-case basis when all or a portion of the loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Therefore, loans are monitored to ensure they are well secured and in the process of being collected. Webster has a policy in place to charge off the remaining balance when the collectability becomes uncertain.

 

9


Table of Contents

When a loan is put on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. If ultimate repayment of a non-accrual loan is expected, any payments received are applied in accordance with contractual terms. If ultimate repayment is not expected on commercial, commercial real estate and equipment finance loans, any payment received on a non-accrual loan is applied to principal until the unpaid balance has been fully recovered. Any excess is then credited to interest income when received. If the Company determines, through a current valuation analysis, that principal can be repaid on residential real estate and consumer loans, interest payments may be taken into income as received or on a cash basis. Loans are removed from non-accrual status when they become current as to principal and interest or demonstrate a period of performance under contractual terms and, in the opinion of management, are fully collectible as to principal and interest.

Allowance for Credit Losses . The allowance for credit losses includes the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (“ALLL”) . The allowance for loan and lease losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan and lease losses charged to expense, and represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that may be incurred within the existing loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The level of the allowance reflects management’s view of trends in loan loss activity, current loan portfolio quality and present economic, political and regulatory conditions. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific loans; however, the entire allowance is available for any loan that is charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment based on the information available at the time, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors that are beyond the Company’s control, which include the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, economic conditions, interest rate sensitivity and the view of the regulatory authorities regarding loan classifications.

The Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances established for probable losses on impaired loans; (ii) quantitative valuation allowances calculated using loan loss experience for like loans with similar characteristics and trends, adjusted, as necessary, to reflect the impact of current conditions; and (iii) qualitative factors determined based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company.

Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impairment is evaluated on a pooled basis for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature and on an individual loan basis depending on risk rating, accrual status and loan size for other loans primarily residential and consumer loans. Commercial, commercial real estate and equipment financing loans over a specific dollar amount and all troubled debt restructurings are evaluated individually for impairment. A loan identified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) is considered an impaired loan for the entire term of the loan, with few exceptions. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance may be established, and the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s original interest rate or at the fair value of collateral less cost to sell if repayment is expected from collateral liquidation. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the likelihood of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments. Consumer modified loans are analyzed for re-default probability which is factored into the impaired reserve calculation for ALLL. The current or weighted average (for multiple notes within a commercial borrowing arrangement) rate is used as the discount rate when the interest rate floats with a specified index. A change in terms or payments would be included in the impairment calculation.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments . The reserve for unfunded commitments provides for potential losses inherent with funding the unused portion of legal commitments to lend. The unfunded reserve calculation includes factors that are consistent with ALLL methodology for funded loans using the loss given default, probability of default and a draw down factor applied to the underlying borrower risk and facility grades.

Troubled Debt Restructurings . A modified loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when two conditions are met: 1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and 2) the modification constitutes a concession. Modified terms are dependent upon the financial position and needs of the individual borrower. The Company does not employ modification programs for temporary or trial periods. The most common types of modifications include covenant modifications, forbearance and/or other concessions. If the modification agreement is violated, the loan is handled by the Company’s Restructuring and Recovery group for resolution, which may result in foreclosure.

The Company’s policy is to place all consumer loan TDRs on non-accrual status for a minimum period of six months. Loans qualify for return to accrual status once they have demonstrated performance with the restructured terms of the loan agreement for a minimum of six months. Commercial TDRs are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Initially, all TDRs are reported as impaired. Generally, TDRs are classified as impaired loans and TDRs for the remaining life of the loan. Impaired and TDR classification may be removed if the borrower demonstrates compliance with the modified terms and the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to that which would be provided to a borrower with similar credit at the time of restructuring.

Fair Value Measurements. In general, fair values of financial instruments are based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial statements are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Company’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time. Changes in fair value are recorded either through non-interest income/expense or OCI.

 

10


Table of Contents

Earnings Per Common Share. Earnings per common share is computed using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings allocated to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period, excluding outstanding participating securities. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the dilutive effect of stock compensation and warrants for common stock using the treasury stock method. A reconciliation of the weighted-average shares used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per common share is provided in Note 10 – Earnings Per Common Share.

Comprehensive Income. Comprehensive income includes all changes in shareholders’ equity during a period, except those resulting from transactions with shareholders. In addition to net income, other components of Webster’s comprehensive income include the after-tax effect of changes in the net unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale, changes in the net actuarial gain/loss on defined benefit post-retirement benefit plans and changes in the accumulated gain/loss on derivative instruments.

Accounting Standards Updates

ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11 which expands required disclosures of information related to the nature of an entity’s rights of setoff and related arrangements associated with its financial instruments and derivative instruments, in an effort to enhance comparability between financial statements prepared with GAAP and IFRS. The requirements include disclosure of net and gross positions in covered financial instruments and derivative instruments which are either (1) offset in accordance with ASC Sections 210-20-45 or 815-10-45, or (2) subject to an enforceable netting or other similar arrangement. The guidance is effective for the Company’s interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2013 and will be applied retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on the Company’s financial statements.

ASU No. 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12 which defers the effective date for the part of ASU No. 2011-05 that would have required adjustments of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income to be presented on the components of both net income and other comprehensive income in the financial statements until FASB can adequately evaluate the costs and benefits of this presentation requirement. The Company has deferred this presentation, as permitted, and continues to evaluate the impact of the adoption of this accounting standards update on the Company’s financial statements.

 

11


Table of Contents

NOTE 2: Investment Securities

A summary of the amortized cost, carrying value, and fair value of Webster’s investment securities is presented below:

 

     At March 31, 2012  
            Recognized in OCI            Not Recognized in OCI        

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
cost (a)(b)
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
    Carrying
value
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
    Fair value  

Available for sale:

                  

U.S. Treasury Bills

   $ 200       $ —         $ —        $ 200       $ —         $ —        $ 200   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) - GSE

     1,779,221         29,443         (1,326     1,807,338         —           —          1,807,338   

Corporate debt

     112,994         1,838         (575     114,257         —           —          114,257   

Pooled trust preferred securities (a)

     52,297         —           (22,482     29,815         —           —          29,815   

Single issuer trust preferred securities

     51,067         —           (10,023     41,044         —           —          41,044   

Equity securities-financial institutions (b)

     6,995         2,043         (22     9,016         —           —          9,016   

Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) - GSE

     757,228         24,897         (1,113     781,012         —           —          781,012   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)

     341,464         28,786         (8,065     362,185         —           —          362,185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale

   $ 3,101,466       $ 87,007       $ (43,606   $ 3,144,867       $ —         $ —        $ 3,144,867   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

                  

Municipal bonds and notes

   $ 643,694       $ —         $ —        $ 643,694       $ 33,527       $ (142   $ 677,079   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) - GSE

     683,551         —           —          683,551         22,401         —          705,952   

Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) - GSE

     1,572,801         —           —          1,572,801         93,546         (3,488     1,662,859   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)

     158,232         —           —          158,232         8,628         —          166,860   

Private Label MBS

     21,376         —           —          21,376         458         —          21,834   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 3,079,654       $ —         $ —        $ 3,079,654       $ 158,560       $ (3,630   $ 3,234,584   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 6,181,120       $ 87,007       $ (43,606   $ 6,224,521       $ 158,560       $ (3,630   $ 6,379,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Amortized cost is net of $10.5 million of credit related other-than-temporary impairments at March 31, 2012.
(b) Amortized cost is net of $21.6 million of other-than-temporary impairments at March 31, 2012.

 

     At December 31, 2011  
            Recognized in OCI            Not Recognized in OCI        

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
cost (a)(b)
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
    Carrying
value
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
    Fair value  

Available for sale:

                  

U.S. Treasury Bills

   $ 200       $ —         $ —        $ 200       $ —         $ —        $ 200   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) - GSE

     1,916,372         27,211         (3,341     1,940,242         —           —          1,940,242   

Pooled trust preferred securities (a)

     52,606         —           (23,608     28,998         —           —          28,998   

Single issuer trust preferred securities

     51,027         —           (12,813     38,214         —           —          38,214   

Equity securities-financial institutions (b)

     7,669         1,802         (24     9,447         —           —          9,447   

Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) - GSE

     502,389         25,079         (158     527,310         —           —          527,310   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)

     319,200         22,395         (11,242     330,353         —           —          330,353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale

   $ 2,849,463       $ 76,487       $ (51,186   $ 2,874,764       $ —         $ —        $ 2,874,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

                  

Municipal bonds and notes

   $ 646,358       $ —         $ —        $ 646,358       $ 30,960       $ (174   $ 677,144   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) - GSE

     733,889         —           —          733,889         20,555         —          754,444   

Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) - GSE

     1,411,008         —           —          1,411,008         98,449         —          1,509,457   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)

     158,451         —           —          158,451         6,588         —          165,039   

Private Label MBS

     24,021         —           —          24,021         441         —          24,462   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 2,973,727       $ —         $ —        $ 2,973,727       $ 156,993       $ (174   $ 3,130,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 5,823,190       $ 76,487       $ (51,186   $ 5,848,491       $ 156,993       $ (174   $ 6,005,310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Amortized cost is net of $10.5 million of credit related other-than-temporary impairments at December 31, 2011.
(b) Amortized cost is net of $21.6 million of other-than-temporary impairments at December 31, 2011.

 

12


Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at March 31, 2012, by contractual maturity, are set forth below:

 

     Available for Sale      Held to Maturity  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 200       $ 200       $ 31,430       $ 31,432   

Due after one year through five years

     5,180         5,266         12,416         12,969   

Due after five through ten years

     117,399         118,606         249,977         265,958   

Due after ten years

     2,971,692         3,011,779         2,785,831         2,924,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

   $ 3,094,471       $ 3,135,851       $ 3,079,654       $ 3,234,584   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the purposes of the maturity schedule, mortgage-backed securities, which are not due at a single maturity date, have been allocated over maturity groupings based on the expected maturity of the underlying collateral. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. At March 31, 2012, the Company had $632.6 million carrying value of callable securities in its investment portfolio.

The following tables provide information on the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investment securities with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment security category and length of time that individual investment securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Less Than Twelve Months     Twelve Months or Longer     Total  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    # of
Holdings
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Available for Sale:

                  

Agency CMOs - GSE

   $ 287,975       $ (1,326   $ —         $ —          8       $ 287,975       $ (1,326

Corporate debt

     24,333         (575     —           —          1         24,333         (575

Pooled trust preferred securities

     6,784         (7,896     23,031         (14,586     8         29,815         (22,482

Single issuer trust preferred securities

     7,383         (859     33,661         (9,164     9         41,044         (10,023

Equity securities-financial institutions

     126         (22     —           —          1         126         (22

MBS - GSE

     124,823         (1,113     —           —          12         124,823         (1,113

CMBS

     1,119         (7     16,246         (8,058     2         17,365         (8,065
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale

   $ 452,543       $ (11,798   $ 72,938       $ (31,808     41       $ 525,481       $ (43,606
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

                  

Municipal bonds and notes

   $ 7,639       $ (80   $ 3,393       $ (62     21       $ 11,032       $ (142

MBS - GSE

     254,773         (3,488     —           —          20         254,773         (3,488
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 262,412       $ (3,568   $ 3,393       $ (62     41       $ 265,805       $ (3,630
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 714,955       $ (15,366   $ 76,331       $ (31,870     82       $ 791,286       $ (47,236
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Less Than Twelve Months     Twelve Months or Longer     Total  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    # of
Holdings
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Available for Sale:

                  

Agency CMOs - GSE

   $ 405,318       $ (3,341   $ —         $ —          11       $ 405,318       $ (3,341

Pooled trust preferred securities

     6,526         (8,178     22,472         (15,430     8         28,998         (23,608

Single issuer trust preferred securities

     6,711         (1,521     31,503         (11,292     9         38,214         (12,813

Equity securities-financial institutions

     124         (24     —           —          1         124         (24

MBS - GSE

     90,418         (158     —           —          3         90,418         (158

CMBS

     73,190         (1,924     14,957         (9,318     5         88,147         (11,242
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale

   $ 582,287       $ (15,146   $ 68,932       $ (36,040     37       $ 651,219       $ (51,186
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

                  

Municipal bonds and notes

   $ 5,405       $ (66   $ 6,117       $ (108     21       $ 11,522       $ (174

MBS - GSE

     —           —          —           —          —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 5,405       $ (66   $ 6,117       $ (108     21       $ 11,522       $ (174
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 587,692       $ (15,212   $ 75,049       $ (36,148     58       $ 662,741       $ (51,360
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Securities with a carrying value totaling $2.4 billion at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were pledged to secure public funds, trust deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes, as required or permitted by law. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had no investments in obligations of individual states, counties, or municipalities which exceed 10% of consolidated shareholders’ equity.

The following discussion summarizes, by investment security type, the basis for evaluating if the applicable investment securities within the Company’s available for sale portfolio were other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2012. Unless otherwise noted for an investment security type, management does not intend to sell these investments and has determined, based upon available evidence, that it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost.

Trust Preferred Securities - Pooled Issuers – At March 31, 2012, the fair value of the pooled trust preferred securities was $29.8 million, an increase of $0.8 million from the fair value of $29.0 million at December 31, 2011. The slight increase in fair value is due to the net impact of small improvements in credit and liquidity spreads and principal paydowns. The gross unrealized loss of $22.5 million at March 31, 2012 is attributable to wider credit spreads that management incorporated in order to reflect the inactive and illiquid nature of the trust preferred securities market at this time as well as changes in the underlying credit profile of issuers in each pool over the holding period.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company recognized no credit related OTTI for these securities. As a result, there was no additional non credit related OTTI recognized in OCI during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The pooled trust preferred portfolio consists of collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) containing predominantly bank and insurance collateral that are investment grade and below investment grade. The Company employs an internal CDO model for projection of future cash flows and discounting those cash flows to a net present value. An internal model is used to value the securities due to the continued inactive market and illiquid nature of pooled trust preferred in the entire capital structure. Each underlying issuer in the pools is rated internally using the latest financial data on each institution, and future deferrals, defaults and losses are then estimated on the basis of continued stress in the financial markets. Further, all current and projected deferrals are not assumed to cure, and all current and projected defaults are assumed to have no recovery value. The resulting net cash flows are then discounted at current market levels for similar types of products that are actively trading. To determine potential OTTI due to credit losses, management compares the amortized cost to the present value of expected cash flows adjusted for deferrals and defaults using the discount margin at the time of purchase. Other factors considered include an analysis of excess subordination and temporary interest shortfall coverage. Based on the valuation analysis as of March 31, 2012, management expects to fully recover the remaining amortized cost of those securities not deemed to be other than temporarily impaired. However, additional interest deferrals, defaults, or ratings changes could result in future OTTI charges.

The following table summarizes pertinent information that was considered by management in evaluating Trust Preferred Securities – Pooled Issuers for OTTI in the current reporting period:

 

Trust Preferred Securities - Pooled Issuers

 

Deal Name

   Class    Amortized
Cost (b)
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Lowest Credit
Ratings as of
March 31,
2012 (a)
   Total
Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairment thru
March 31,

2012
    % of
Performing
Bank/
Insurance
Issuers
     Current
Deferrals/
Defaults
(As a % of
Original
Collateral)
 
(Dollars in thousands)                                                  

Security H

   B    $ 3,486       $ (1,745   $ 1,741       B    $ (352     96.6         4.6   

Security I

   B      4,467         (2,220     2,247       CCC      (365     88.2         16.8   

Security J

   B      5,286         (2,804     2,482       CCC      (806     90.6         11.6   

Security K

   A      7,372         (3,511     3,861       CCC      (2,040     68.5         33.2   

Security L

   B      8,725         (4,424     4,301       CCC      (867     92.0         11.6   

Security M

   A      7,307         (4,384     2,923       D      (4,926     56.0         39.6   

Security N

   A      15,654         (3,394     12,260       A      (1,104     90.6         11.6   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

      
      $ 52,297       $ (22,482   $ 29,815          $ (10,460     
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

(a) The Company utilized credit ratings provided by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch in its evaluation of issuers.
(b) For the securities previously deemed impaired, the amortized cost is reflective of previous OTTI recognized in earnings.

Trust Preferred Securities - Single Issuers – At March 31 2012, the fair value of the single issuer trust preferred portfolio was $41.0 million, an increase of $2.8 million from the fair value of $38.2 million at December 31, 2011. The gross unrealized loss of $10.0 million at March 31, 2012 is primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and wider credit spreads over the holding period of these securities. The single issuer portfolio consists of five investments issued by three large capitalization money center financial institutions, which continue to service the debt and showed significantly improved capital levels in recent years and remain well above current regulatory capital standards. Based on the review of the qualitative and quantitative factors presented above, these securities were not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2012.

 

14


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes pertinent information that was considered by management in determining if OTTI existed within the single issuer trust preferred securities portfolio in the current reporting period:

 

Trust Preferred Securities - Single Issuers

 

Deal Name

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Lowest Credit
Ratings as of
March 31,
2012
   Total
Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairment thru
March 31,

2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)                                

Security B

   $ 6,865       $ (1,810   $ 5,055       BB    $ —     

Security C

     8,645         (1,390     7,255       BBB      —     

Security D

     9,540         (2,490     7,050       BB      —     

Security E

     11,730         (1,914     9,816       BBB      —     

Security F

     14,287         (2,419     11,868       BBB      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 
   $ 51,067       $ (10,023   $ 41,044          $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Agency CMOs-GSE – There were $1.3 million in unrealized losses in the Company’s investment in agency CMOs at March 31, 2012 compared to $3.3 million at December 31, 2011. The improvement in unrealized losses at March 31, 2012 was the result of lower overall interest rates and tighter market spreads during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The contractual cash flows for these investments are performing as expected. As such, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2012.

Corporate Debt Securities – There were $575 thousand in unrealized losses in the Company’s investment in senior corporate debt securities at March 31, 2012. There were no investments in senior corporate debt securities as of December 31, 2011. The unrealized loss at March 31, 2012 was the result of higher benchmark rates from the time of purchase.

Equity securities – The unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in equity securities were $22 thousand at March 31, 2012 compared to $24 thousand at December 31, 2011. This portfolio consists primarily of investments in the common stock of small capitalization financial institutions based in New England ($8.7 million of the total fair value at March 31, 2012) and auction rate preferred securities ($300 thousand of the total fair value at March 31, 2012). When estimating the recovery period for equity securities in an unrealized loss position, management utilizes analyst forecasts, earnings assumptions and other company-specific financial performance metrics. In addition, this assessment incorporates general market data, industry and sector cycles and related trends to determine a reasonable recovery period. The Company evaluated the near-term prospects of the issuers in relation to the severity and duration of the impairment. The Company determined its holdings of equity securities were not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2012

Mortgage-backed securities - GSE –There were $1.1 million unrealized losses in the Company’s investment in residential mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs at March 31, 2012 compared to $158 thousand in unrealized losses at December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to fluctuations in interest rates during the quarter with market rates generally ending higher during that period. The contractual cash flows for these investments are performing as expected with the exception of unexpected principal prepayments resulting from GSE buyout programs initiated in 2011.

Commercial mortgage-backed securities – The unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in commercial mortgage-backed securities issued by entities other than GSEs decreased to $8.1 million at March 31, 2012 from $11.2 million at December 31, 2011. This decrease in unrealized loss is primarily the result of recent tightening in credit spreads in the three months ended March 31, 2012. The contractual cash flows for these investments are performing as expected. The decrease in market value is attributable to cumulative changes in interest rates and credit spreads reflective of the market risk appetite for this securities class. Management continues to perform internal stress tests on individual bonds to monitor potential tranche losses in either the base or high stress test scenarios. The trends of both internal and external findings are used when evaluating potential OTTI. Market surveillance analytics support internal results for both base and high stress scenarios. Cash flows for the bonds continue to perform as expected and, therefore, no OTTI is warranted at this point in time. The Company has determined that these investments were not other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2012.

The following discussion summarizes, by investment security type, the basis for the conclusion that the applicable investment securities within the Company’s held to maturity portfolio were not other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2012. Unless otherwise noted, under an investment security type, management does not intend to sell these investments and has determined, based upon available evidence, that it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities before the recovery of its amortized cost. There were no significant credit downgrades on held to maturity securities during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Municipal bonds and notes – There were unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in municipal bonds and notes of $142 thousand at March 31, 2012 compared to $174 thousand at December 31, 2011. This decrease is primarily the result of improved credit spreads in 2012 compared to 2011. The municipal portfolio is comprised of bank qualified bonds, over 92.7% with credit ratings of A or better. In addition, the portfolio is comprised of 84.3% General Obligation bonds and 15.4% Revenue bonds and 0.3% other bonds.

 

15


Table of Contents

Agency CMOs - GSE – There were no unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in agency CMOs at March 31, 2012 and at December 31, 2011. The contractual cash flows for this investment are performing as expected. With tighter market spreads during the three months ended March 31, 2012, the agency CMO securities are all at unrealized gains.

Mortgage-backed securities - GSE – There were unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in residential mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs of $3.5 million at March 31, 2012 compared to no losses at December 31, 2011. The contractual cash flows for these investments are performing as expected.

CMBS and Private Label MBS – There were no unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities issued by entities other than GSEs at March 31, 2012 and at December 31, 2011. These securities carry AAA ratings and are currently performing as expected.

There were no securities sales for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The following table summarizes sale proceeds of available for sale securities for the three months ended March 31, 2011:

 

     Three months  ended
March 31, 2011
 
(In thousands)       

Available for sale:

  

Pooled trust preferred securities

   $ 1,050   

Equity securities

     2,352   

MBS - GSE

     88,519   
  

 

 

 

Total available for sale

   $ 91,921   
  

 

 

 

There were no realized gains or losses from the sale of securities for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The following table summarizes the impact of realized gains and losses and the impact of the recognition of other-than-temporary impairments from the sale of securities for the three months ended March 31, 2011:

 

     Three months ended March 31, 2011  

(In thousands)

   Gains      Losses     OTTI
Charges
     Net  

Available for sale:

          

Pooled trust preferred securities

   $ —         $ (974   $ —         $ (974

Equity securities

     374         —          —           374   

MBS - GSE

     2,776         —          —           2,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale

   $ 3,150       $ (974   $ —         $ 2,176   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a roll forward of the amount of credit related OTTI for the three months ended March 31,:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands)

   2012      2011  

Balance of credit related OTTI, beginning of period

   $ 10,460       $ 26,320   

Reduction for securities sold

     —           (4,994
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance of credit related OTTI, end of period

   $ 10,460       $ 21,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

To the extent that changes in interest rates, credit movements and other factors that influence the fair value of investments occur, the Company may be required to record impairment charges for other-than-temporary impairment in future periods. There were no additions to credit related OTTI for the three months ended March 31, 2012. There was a reduction in outstanding credit-related OTTI due to the sale of one security during the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Investments in Private Equity Funds

In addition to investment securities, the Company has investments in private equity funds. These investments, which totaled $11.6 million at March 31, 2012, are included in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company recognized a loss on these investments of $705 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and a gain of $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. These amounts are included in other non-interest income on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

NOTE 3: Loans and Leases

Recorded Investment in Loans and Leases. The following table summarizes recorded investment; the principle amounts outstanding, net of unamortized premiums and discounts, net of deferred fees and/or costs, plus accrued interest, in loans and leases, by portfolio segment at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     At March 31, 2012  

(In thousands)

   Residential      Consumer      Commercial      Commercial
Real Estate
     Equipment
Financing
     Total  

Loans and Leases:

                 

Ending balance (a)

   $ 3,270,213       $ 2,727,163       $ 2,442,392       $ 2,425,797       $ 446,585       $ 11,312,150   

Accrued interest

     10,945         8,532         6,469         7,404         —           33,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recorded investment

   $ 3,281,158       $ 2,735,695       $ 2,448,861       $ 2,433,201       $ 446,585       $ 11,345,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recorded investment: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 135,806       $ 34,766       $ 93,177       $ 160,363       $ 2,315       $ 426,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recorded investment: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 3,145,352       $ 2,700,929       $ 2,355,684       $ 2,272,838       $ 444,270       $ 10,919,073   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At December 31, 2011  

(In thousands)

   Residential      Consumer      Commercial      Commercial
Real Estate
     Equipment
Financing
     Total  

Loans and Leases:

                 

Ending balance (a)

   $ 3,219,890       $ 2,760,030       $ 2,385,791       $ 2,384,889       $ 474,804       $ 11,225,404   

Accrued interest

     10,992         8,777         6,585         7,186         —           33,540   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recorded investment

   $ 3,230,882       $ 2,768,807       $ 2,392,376       $ 2,392,075       $ 474,804       $ 11,258,944   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recorded investment: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 135,311       $ 36,629       $ 107,218       $ 212,850       $ 3,268       $ 495,276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recorded investment: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 3,095,571       $ 2,732,178       $ 2,285,158       $ 2,179,225       $ 471,536       $ 10,763,668   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) The ending balance includes net deferred fees and unamortized premiums of $18.8 million and $20.6 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

As of March 31, 2012, the Company had pledged $4.3 billion of net eligible loan collateral to support available borrowing capacity at either the FHLB of Boston or the Federal Reserve discount window.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses . The following table summarizes the allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) by portfolio segment for the three months ending March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Three months ended March 31, 2012  

(In thousands)

   Residential     Consumer     Commercial     Commercial
Real Estate
    Equipment
Financing
    Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

              

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 34,565      $ 67,785      $ 60,681      $ 45,013      $ 8,943      $ 16,500      $ 233,487   

Provision (benefit) charged to expense

     448        4,475        3,516        (78     (2,861     (1,500     4,000   

Losses charged off

     (3,115     (10,051     (14,994     (5,848     (634     —          (34,642

Recoveries

     141        2,054        1,800        1,100        2,348        —          7,443   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 32,039      $ 64,263      $ 51,003      $ 40,187      $ 7,796      $ 15,000      $ 210,288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 16,976      $ 4,441      $ 6,309      $ 4,977      $ 22      $ —        $ 32,725   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 15,063      $ 59,822      $ 44,694      $ 35,210      $ 7,774      $ 15,000      $ 177,563   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Three months ended March 31, 2011  

(In thousands)

   Residential     Consumer     Commercial     Commercial
Real Estate
    Equipment
Financing
    Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

              

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 30,792      $ 95,071      $ 74,470      $ 77,695      $ 21,637      $ 22,000      $ 321,665   

Provision (benefit) charged to expense

     669        8,525        4,144        827        (2,165     (2,000     10,000   

Losses charged off

     (3,350     (14,988     (11,111     (7,360     (1,134     —          (37,943

Recoveries

     128        1,213        1,416        —          1,469        —          4,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 28,239      $ 89,821      $ 68,919      $ 71,162      $ 19,807      $ 20,000      $ 297,948   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 14,134      $ 3,623      $ 9,612      $ 10,536      $ 2      $ —        $ 37,907   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 14,105      $ 86,198      $ 59,307      $ 60,626      $ 19,805      $ 20,000      $ 260,041   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Impaired Loans and Leases . The following table summarizes impaired loans and leases by class as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     At March 31, 2012  

(In thousands)

   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Total
Recorded
Investment
     Recorded
Investment
No Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
With Allowance
     Related
Valuation
Allowance
 

Residential:

              

1-4 family

   $ 134,788       $ 125,029       $ —         $ 125,029       $ 14,394   

Permanent-NCLC

     11,968         10,674         —           10,674         2,577   

Construction

     128         103         —           103         5   

Liquidating portfolio-construction loans

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

              

Home equity loans

     33,020         29,883         —           29,883         3,521   

Liquidating portfolio-home equity loans

     5,452         4,876         —           4,876         919   

Other consumer

     7         7         —           7         1   

Commercial:

              

Commercial non-mortgage

     113,662         91,718         39,253         52,465         6,309   

Asset-based loans

     7,427         1,459         1,459         —           —     

Commercial real estate:

              

Commercial real estate

     149,058         140,034         89,129         50,905         4,445   

Commercial construction

     7,322         7,354         —           7,354         532   

Residential development

     13,647         12,975         12,975         —           —     

Equipment Financing

     10,354         2,315         1,665         650         22   

Totals:

              

Residential

     146,884         135,806         —           135,806         16,976   

Consumer

     38,479         34,766         —           34,766         4,441   

Commercial

     121,089         93,177         40,712         52,465         6,309   

Commercial real estate

     170,027         160,363         102,104         58,259         4,977   

Equipment Financing

     10,354         2,315         1,665         650         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 486,833       $ 426,427       $ 144,481       $ 281,946       $ 32,725   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At December 31, 2011  

(In thousands)

   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Total
Recorded
Investment
     Recorded
Investment
No Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
With Allowance
     Related
Valuation
Allowance
 

Residential:

              

1-4 family

   $ 133,123         124,461       $ —         $ 124,461       $ 16,611   

Permanent-NCLC

     12,005         10,718         —           10,718         2,747   

Construction

     129         132         —           132         9   

Liquidating portfolio-construction loans

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

              

Home equity loans

     35,285         31,153         4         31,149         4,116   

Liquidating portfolio-home equity loans

     7,277         5,469         3         5,466         1,050   

Other consumer

     7         7         —           7         1   

Commercial:

              

Commercial non-mortgage

     118,293         105,359         30,207         75,152         12,996   

Asset-based loans

     7,814         1,859         1,859         —           —     

Commercial real estate:

              

Commercial real estate

     195,838         189,575         105,618         83,957         8,514   

Commercial construction

     7,347         7,373         —           7,373         557   

Residential development

     16,495         15,902         15,902         —           —     

Equipment Financing

     11,241         3,268         2,751         517         4   

Totals:

              

Residential

     145,257         135,311         —           135,311         19,367   

Consumer

     42,569         36,629         7         36,622         5,167   

Commercial

     126,107         107,218         32,066         75,152         12,996   

Commercial real estate

     219,680         212,850         121,520         91,330         9,071   

Equipment Financing

     11,241         3,268         2,751         517         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 544,854       $ 495,276       $ 156,344       $ 338,932       $ 46,605   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

18


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes interest income recognized by class of impaired loans and leases for the periods presented:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  

(In thousands)

   Average
Recorded
Investment
     Total
Interest
Income
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Total
Interest
Income
 

Residential: (a)

           

1-4 family

   $ 124,745       $ 1,284       $ 111,250       $ 1,202   

Permanent-NCLC

     10,696         106         9,081         99   

Construction

     117         —           66         2   

Liquidating portfolio-construction loans

     —           —           1         —     

Consumer: (a)

           

Home equity loans

     30,518         351         26,421         369   

Liquidating portfolio-home equity loans

     5,173         67         5,207         124   

Other consumer

     7         —           7         —     

Commercial:

           

Commercial non-mortgage

     98,539         1,132         125,519         1,416   

Asset-based loans

     1,659         —           12,138         92   

Commercial real estate:

           

Commercial real estate

     164,805         1,192         201,101         1,971   

Commercial construction

     7,363         74         35,421         322   

Residential development

     14,438         89         31,677         162   

Equipment Financing

     2,791         14         15,579         22   

Totals:

           

Residential

     135,558         1,390         120,398         1,303   

Consumer

     35,698         418         31,635         493   

Commercial

     100,198         1,132         137,657         1,508   

Commercial real estate

     186,606         1,355         268,199         2,455   

Equipment Financing

     2,791         14         15,579         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 460,851       $ 4,309       $ 573,468       $ 5,781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) As permitted in accordance with applicable accounting guidance, non-TDR residential and consumer loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment on a pooled basis have been removed from the “Residential” and “Consumer” data with respect to impaired loans and leases with no valuation allowance as originally presented at March 31, 2011. Management believes that these changes are immaterial to Webster’s financial statements and align reporting of such data more closely with peer banks.

Of the total interest income recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, $351 thousand and $496 thousand, respectively, was recognized on a cash basis method of accounting for the residential and consumer portfolio segments.

 

19


Table of Contents

Loans and Leases Portfolio Aging . The following table summarizes the recorded investment of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio aging by class at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     At March 31, 2012  

(In thousands)

   30-59 Days
Past Due and
Accruing
     60-89 Days
Past Due and
Accruing
     > 90 Days Past
Due and Accruing
     Non-accrual      Total Past Due      Current      Total Loans
and Leases
 

Residential:

                    

1-4 family

   $ 17,146       $ 4,683       $ —         $ 74,048       $ 95,877       $ 3,130,403       $ 3,226,280   

Permanent-NCLC

     1,013         356         —           3,415         4,784         16,289         21,073   

Construction

     —           —           —           1,463         1,463         32,339         33,802   

Liquidating portfolio-construction loans

     —           —           —           —           —           3         3   

Consumer:

                    

Home equity loans

     14,152         5,308         —           26,158         45,618         2,508,810         2,554,428   

Liquidating portfolio-home equity loans

     3,764         1,646         —           3,953         9,363         134,433         143,796   

Other consumer

     321         166         —           74         561         36,910         37,471   

Commercial:

                    

Commercial non-mortgage

     4,967         2,023         43         31,572         38,605         1,938,760         1,977,365   

Asset-based loans

     —           —           —           1,500         1,500         469,996         471,496   

Commercial real estate:

                    

Commercial real estate

     679         454         —           25,134         26,267         2,261,330         2,287,597   

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —           —           108,897         108,897   

Residential development

     —           —           —           6,140         6,140         30,567         36,707   

Equipment Financing

     2,984         1,115         —           4,868         8,967         437,618         446,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,026       $ 15,751       $ 43       $ 178,325       $ 239,145       $ 11,106,355       $ 11,345,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At December 31, 2011  

(In thousands)

   30-59 Days
Past Due and
Accruing
     60-89 Days
Past Due and
Accruing
     > 90 Days Past
Due and Accruing
     Non-accrual      Total Past Due      Current      Total Loans
and Leases
 

Residential:

                    

1-4 family

   $ 15,939       $ 7,245       $ —         $ 75,977       $ 99,161       $ 3,080,870       $ 3,180,031   

Permanent-NCLC

     802         408         —           4,636         5,846         15,656         21,502   

Construction

     292         —           —           1,234         1,526         27,815         29,341   

Liquidating portfolio-construction loans

     —           —           —           —           —           8         8   

Consumer:

                    

Home equity loans

     14,859         5,891         —           25,115         45,865         2,534,998         2,580,863   

Liquidating portfolio-home equity loans

     3,231         1,459         —           5,174         9,864         140,247         150,111   

Other consumer

     346         119         —           117         582         37,251         37,833   

Commercial:

                    

Commercial non-mortgage

     3,267         1,399         162         27,969         32,797         1,905,085         1,937,882   

Asset-based loans

     —           —           —           1,904         1,904         452,590         454,494   

Commercial real estate:

                    

Commercial real estate

     1,330         452         433         32,202         34,417         2,244,357         2,278,774   

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —           —           73,525         73,525   

Residential development

     —           —           135         6,760         6,895         32,881         39,776   

Equipment Financing

     2,685         2,115         —           7,154         11,954         462,850         474,804   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 42,751       $ 19,088       $ 730       $ 188,242       $ 250,811       $ 11,008,133       $ 11,258,944   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and Leases on Non-accrual Status. Accrual of interest is discontinued if a loan or lease is placed on non-accrual status. When placed on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. Residential and consumer loans are placed on non-accrual status after 90 days past due. All commercial and commercial real estate loans, and equipment financing leases are subject to a detailed review by the Company’s credit risk team when 90 days past due or when payment is uncertain and a specific determination is made to put a loan or lease on non-accrual status.

Interest on non-accrual loans and leases that would have been recorded as additional interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, had the loans and leases been current in accordance with their original terms, totaled $4.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively.

 

20


Table of Contents

Troubled Debt Restructurings . The following table summarizes the recorded investment of the Company’s TDRs at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

(In thousands)

   At March 31,
2012
    At December 31,
2011
 

Recorded investment of TDRs:

    

Accrual status

   $ 325,169      $ 367,344   

Non-accrual status

     85,381        76,968   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recorded investment

   $ 410,550      $ 444,312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accruing TDRs performing under modified terms more than one year

     84.9     76.0

TDR specific reserves included in the ALLL

   $ 32,569      $ 44,847   

Additional funds committed to borrowers in TDR status (a)

     7,031        7,872   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) This amount may be limited by contractual rights and/or the underlying collateral supporting the loan or lease.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, Webster charged off $19.0 million and $4.3 million, respectively, for the portion of TDRs deemed to be uncollectible.

The following table provides information on loans and leases modified as TDRs during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Number of
Loans and
Leases
     Pre-
Modification
Recorded
Investment
     Post-
Modification
Recorded
Investment
     Post-
Modification
Coupon
Rate
    Number of
Loans and
Leases
     Pre-
Modification
Recorded
Investment
     Post-
Modification
Recorded
Investment
     Post-
Modification
Coupon
Rate
 

Residential:

                      

1-4 family

     24       $ 4,060       $ 4,060         4.0     53       $ 13,677       $ 13,677         3.9

Permanent-NCLC

     —           —           —           —          1         211         211         3.1   

Construction

     —           —           —           —          —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

                      

Home equity loans

     12         953         953         4.1        46         4,291         4,291         4.6   

Liquidating portfolio-home equity loans

     2         —           —           3.0        6         628         628         6.8   

Commercial:

                      

Commercial non-mortgage

     12         11,228         11,228         7.2        17         9,564         9,564         7.0   

Asset-based loans

     —           —           —           —          3         2,563         2,563         5.2   

Commercial real estate:

                      

Commercial real estate

     1         245         245         6.0        9         35,915         35,915         3.9   

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —          —           —           —           —     

Residential development

     —           —           —           —          —           —           —           —     

Equipment Financing

     3         200         200         6.9        —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL TDRs

     54       $ 16,686       $ 16,686         6.2     135       $ 66,849       $ 66,849         4.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents

TDR loans may be modified by means of extended maturity, below market adjusted interest rates, a combination of rate and maturity, or by other means including covenant modifications, or other concessions. The following table provides information on how loans and leases were modified as TDRs during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  

(In thousands)

   Extended
Maturity
     Adjusted
Interest
Rates
     Combination
of Rate and
Maturity
     Other (a)      Total      Extended
Maturity
     Adjusted
Interest
Rates
     Combination
of Rate and
Maturity
     Other (a)      Total  

Residential:

                             

1-4 family

   $ 632       $ 283       $ 2,404       $ 741       $ 4,060       $ 3,305       $ 2,650       $ 6,379       $ 1,343       $ 13,677   

Permanent-NCLC

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           211         —           211   

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

                             

Home equity loans

     64         107         638         144         953         2,340         —           1,765         186         4,291   

Liquidating portfolio-home equity loans

     —           —           —           —           —           463         —           165         —           628   

Commercial:

                             

Commercial non-mortgage

     27         —           286         10,915         11,228         288         3,155         107         6,014         9,564   

Asset-based loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           2,563         —           2,563   

Commercial real estate:

                             

Commercial real estate

     —           —           245         —           245         16,195         5,996         309         13,415         35,915   

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Residential development

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Equipment Financing

     —           —           40         160         200         —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL TDRs

   $ 723       $ 390       $ 3,613       $ 11,960       $ 16,686       $ 22,591       $ 11,801       $ 11,499       $ 20,958       $ 66,849   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Other includes covenant modifications, forbearance and/or other concessions.

The Company’s loan and lease portfolio at March 31, 2012 included 9 loans with an A Note/B Note structure, with a recorded investment of $32.5 million. The loans were restructured into A Note/B Note structures as a result of evaluating the cash flow of the borrowers to support repayment. Webster immediately charged off the balance of B Notes totaling $11.8 million. TDR classification was removed from one A Note totaling $10.4 million, as the borrower has passed the minimum compliance with the modified terms requirements and the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to that which would be provided to a borrower with similar credit at the time of restructuring. The A Notes are paying under the terms of the modified loan agreements. Six of the 9 A Notes are on accrual status, as the borrowers are paying under the terms of the loan agreements prior to and subsequent to the modification. The remaining A Notes are on non-accrual status due to the continuing financial difficulties of the borrower.

The following table provides information on loans and leases modified as a TDR within the previous 12 months and for which there was a payment default during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Number of
Loans and
Leases
     Recorded
Investment
     Number of
Loans and
Leases
     Recorded
Investment
 

Residential:

           

1-4 family

     3       $ 547         12       $ 1,842   

Permanent-NCLC

     —           —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

           

Home equity loans

     2         79         11         761   

Liquidating portfolio-home equity loans

     —           —           2         159   

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —     

Commercial:

           

Commercial non-mortgage

     4         4,068         —           —     

Asset-based loans

     —           —           —           —     

Commercial real estate:

           

Commercial real estate

     1         670         —           —     

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —     

Residential development

     —           —           —           —     

Equipment Financing

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     10       $ 5,364         25       $ 2,762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The recorded investment in Commercial, Commercial Real Estate and Equipment Financing TDRs segregated by risk rating exposure at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   At March 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

(1) - (6) Pass

   $ 37,677       $ 46,524   

(7) Special Mention

     4,415         4,622   

(8) Substandard

     197,572         220,899   

(9) Doubtful

     314         327   

(10) Loss

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 239,978       $ 272,372   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

The Commercial TDR balance had a net decrease of $32.4 million from December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012. During this period, net decreases in the Pass category are primarily due to a $10.4 million Commercial Real Estate loan taken off of TDR status offset by a Commercial Real Estate loan migrating from Substandard to Pass, for $1.9 million. The decrease in the Special Mention and Doubtful categories from December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012 is due to pay downs. The net decrease in the Substandard category from December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012 is primarily due to three Commercial Non-Mortgage loans totaling $10.9 million reclassified to loans held for sale coupled with two loans with losses recorded during the period, a Commercial Real Estate loan with a loss of $5.0 million and a Commercial Non-Mortgage loan with a loss of $8.6 million, offset by the addition of two new TDR Commercial Non-Mortgage loans totaling $7.8 million.

Credit Risk Management. The Company has certain credit policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis and frequently reviews reports related to loan production, loan quality, concentration of credit, loan delinquencies and non-performing and potential problem loans.

Commercial and industrial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and prudently expand its business. Underwriting standards are designed to promote relationships rather than transactional banking. Once it is determined that the borrower’s management possesses sound ethics and solid business acumen, the Company’s management examines current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay obligations as agreed. Commercial and industrial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed and may incorporate a personal guarantee. However, some loans may be made on an unsecured basis.

Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans, in addition to those specific to real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan, the market in which the property is located and the tenants that conduct business at the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location, which helps reduce its exposure to adverse economic events that may affect any single market or industry. Management monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. The Company also utilizes third-party experts to provide insight and guidance about economic conditions and trends affecting its loan portfolio.

Construction loans on commercial properties have unique risk characteristics and are provided to experienced developers/sponsors with strong track records of successful completion and sound financial condition and are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis of absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the complete project. These estimates may be subject to change as the construction project proceeds. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections by third party professionals and the internal staff.

To monitor and manage consumer loan risk, policies and procedures are developed and modified, as needed, jointly by line and Risk Management personnel. Policies and procedures, coupled with relatively small loan amounts, and predominately collateralized structures spread across many individual borrowers, minimize risk. Trend and outlook reports are reviewed by management on a regular basis. Underwriting factors for mortgage and home equity loans include the borrower’s FICO score, the loan amount relative to property value and the borrower’s debt to income level and are also influenced by statutory requirements.

Credit Quality Indicators. To measure credit risk for the Commercial, Commercial Real Estate and Equipment Financing portfolios, the Company employs a dual grade credit risk grading system for estimating the probability of borrower default and the loss given default. The credit risk grade system assigns a rating to each borrower and to the facility, which together form a Composite Credit Risk Profile (“CCRP”). The credit risk grade system categorizes borrowers by common financial characteristics that measure the credit strength of borrowers and facilities by common structural characteristics. The CCRP has ten grades, with each grade corresponding to a progressively greater risk of default. Grades 1 through 6 are considered pass ratings and 7 through 10 are criticized as defined by the regulatory agencies. The rating model assumptions are actively reviewed and tested against industry data and actual experience. Risk ratings are assigned to differentiate risk within the portfolio and are reviewed on an ongoing basis and revised, if needed, to reflect changes in the borrowers’ current financial position and outlook, risk profiles and the related collateral and structural positions.

A “special mention” (7) credit has the potential weakness that if left uncorrected may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset. “Substandard” (8) assets have a well defined weakness that jeopardizes the full repayment of the debt. An asset rated “doubtful” (9) has all the same weaknesses as substandard credit with the added characteristic that the weakness makes collection or liquidation in full, given current facts, conditions, and values, improbable. Assets classified as “loss” (10) in accordance with regulatory guidelines are considered uncollectible and charged off.

 

23


Table of Contents

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the recorded investment of Commercial and Commercial Real Estate loans and Equipment Financing leases segregated by risk rating exposure are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Commercial      Commercial Real Estate      Equipment Financing  
     At March 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
     At March 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
     At March 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

(1) - (6) Pass

   $ 2,240,465       $ 2,148,970       $ 2,109,898       $ 2,036,738       $ 383,019       $ 407,943   

(7) Special Mention

     30,955         32,578         44,025         58,238         13,070         15,416   

(8) Substandard

     175,577         208,555         278,422         296,478         50,496         51,445   

(9) Doubtful

     1,864         2,273         856         621         —           —     

(10) Loss

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,448,861       $ 2,392,376       $ 2,433,201       $ 2,392,075       $ 446,585       $ 474,804   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company utilizes the loan portfolio aging migration analysis to estimate reserves for the Consumer and Residential portfolios. Refer to the loan portfolio aging analysis table included in this footnote.

For Consumer and Residential loans, the Company considers factors such as updated FICO scores, unemployment, home prices, loan to value, geography and the status of first lien position loans on second lien position loans, as credit quality indicators. On an ongoing basis, the Company calculates an estimate of the current value of property secured as collateral for both home equity and residential first mortgage lending products (“current LTV”). The estimate is based on home price indices compiled by the S&P/Case-Shiller Home Price Indices. The Case-Shiller data indicates trends for 20 Metropolitan Statistical Areas (“MSA”). The trend data is applied to the loan portfolios taking into account the age of the most recent valuation and geographic area. The Case-Shiller data estimates, using broad MSAs that are informative for regional analysis but are not actionable on an individual loan basis, the amount of loans that may have balances in excess of the underlying collateral.

NOTE 4: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following tables set forth the carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, at:

 

(In thousands)

   At March 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

Balances not subject to amortization:

     

Goodwill allocated to business segments:

     

Retail Banking

   $ 516,560       $ 516,560   

Other (HSA Bank)

     13,327         13,327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill

     529,887         529,887   

Balances subject to amortization:

     

Core deposits allocated to business segments:

     

Retail Banking

     13,996         15,238   

Other (HSA Bank)

     297         452   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other intangible assets

     14,293         15,690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill and other intangible assets

   $ 544,180       $ 545,577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The gross carrying value and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets and the reporting unit to which it relates are as follows:

 

       At March 31, 2012      At December 31, 2011  

(In thousands)

   Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

Core deposits

               

Retail

   $ 49,420       $ (35,424   $ 13,996       $ 49,420       $ (34,182   $ 15,238   

Other (HSA Bank)

     4,699         (4,402     297         4,699         (4,247     452   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 54,119       $ (39,826   $ 14,293       $ 54,119       $ (38,429   $ 15,690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

Amortization of intangible assets for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $1.4 million. Estimated annual amortization expense of current intangible assets with finite useful lives, absent any future impairment or change in estimated useful lives, is summarized below for the current full year and for each of the next four years:

 

(In thousands)

      

Years ending December 31,

  

2012

   $ 5,420   

2013

     4,919   

2014

     2,685   

2015

     1,523   

2016

     1,143   

Webster tests its goodwill for impairment, at least, annually as of August 31 st . There was no impairment indicated as a result of the Step 1 test performed at August 31, 2011, as the estimated fair value for the reporting units that carry goodwill exceeded their corresponding carrying values.

 

25


Table of Contents

NOTE 5: Deposits

A summary of deposits by type follows:

 

(In thousands)

   At March 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

Non-interest-bearing:

     

Demand

   $ 2,491,442       $ 2,473,693   

Interest-bearing:

     

Checking

     1,624,014         1,551,105   

Health savings accounts

     1,182,936         1,027,415   

Money market

     2,045,090         2,021,056   

Savings

     3,835,180         3,748,121   

Time deposits

     2,765,835         2,834,635   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest bearing

     11,453,055         11,182,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 13,944,497       $ 13,656,025   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Demand deposit overdrafts reclassified as loan balances

   $ 1,578       $ 1,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012, the scheduled maturities of time deposits (certificates of deposit and brokered deposits) were as follows:

 

(In thousands)

      

Years ending December 31:

  

2012

   $ 1,188,113   

2013

     872,396   

2014

     216,089   

2015

     311,916   

2016

     166,299   

Thereafter

     11,022   
  

 

 

 

Total time deposits

   $ 2,765,835   
  

 

 

 

The following table presents additional information about the Company’s deposits:

 

(In thousands)

   At March 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

Interest-bearing checking obtained through brokers

   $ 43,254       $ 33,632   

Time deposits obtained through brokers

     119,052         119,052   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total brokered deposits

   $ 162,306       $ 152,684   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 6: Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and Other Short-term Borrowings

The following table summarizes securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings:

 

(In thousands)

   At March 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

     

Original maturity of one year or less

   $ 293,989       $ 290,856   

Callable at the option of the counterparty

     300,000         400,000   

Non-callable

     450,600         250,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,044,589         941,706   

Other short-term borrowings:

     

Federal funds purchased

     224,000         223,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,268,589       $ 1,164,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) were used as a primary source of borrowed funds in addition to FHLB advances. Repurchase agreements are primarily collateralized by U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities. The collateral for these repurchase agreements is delivered to broker/dealers. Repurchase agreements with broker/dealers are limited to primary dealers in government securities or commercial and municipal customers through Webster’s Treasury Sales desk.

 

26


Table of Contents

NOTE 7: Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

Advances payable to the Federal Home Loan Bank are summarized as follows:

 

     At March 31, 2012     At December 31, 2011  

(In thousands)

   Total
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average Rate
    Total
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average Rate
 

Stated Maturity:

          

2012

   $ 851,400         0.46   $ 751,400         0.43

2013

     199,000         2.13        199,000         2.07   

2016

     145,934         1.80        145,934         1.80   

2017-2030

     155,438         1.47        155,470         1.58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,351,772         0.96     1,251,804         0.99
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Unamortized premiums

     694           805      
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total advances

     1,352,466         $ 1,252,609      
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

At March 31, 2012, Webster Bank has pledged loans with an aggregate carrying value of $3.9 billion as collateral for borrowings and had additional borrowing capacity from the FHLB of approximately $1.0 billion which is consistent with December 31, 2011. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, Webster Bank was in compliance with FHLB collateral requirements.

The next call year and stated maturity year for the callable FHLB advances outstanding at March 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Next Call      Weighted
Average Rate
    Callable  

Stated Maturity:

       

2013

   $ 49,000         5.42     2012   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 8: Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

(In thousands)

   Maturity
date
     Stated
interest
rate
    At March 31,
2012
    At December 31,
2011
 

Senior fixed-rate notes

     2014         5.125   $ 150,000      $ 150,000   

Subordinated fixed-rate notes (a)

     2013         5.875     102,579        177,480   

Junior subordinated debt related to capital trusts (b):

         

Webster Capital Trust IV, fixed to floating-rate trust preferred securities

     2037         7.650     136,070        136,070   

Webster Statutory Trust I, floating-rate notes (c)

     2033         3.424     77,320        77,320   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total junior subordinated debt

          213,390        213,390   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total notes

          465,969        540,870   

Unamortized discount, net

          (210     (192

Hedge accounting adjustments

          8,559        11,911   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

        $ 474,318      $ 552,589   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) The Bank completed the purchase of $74.9 million principal amount of subordinated fixed-rate notes on February 8, 2012 pursuant to a tender offer. The aggregate consideration for the notes accepted under the tender offer, including accrued and unpaid interest of $77.8 million was paid from cash on hand.
(b) At March 31, 2012 the Company had $213.4 million of junior subordinated debt issued to two wholly owned trusts as follows: a Connecticut statutory business trust, Webster Statutory Trust I, and a Delaware capital business trust, Webster Capital Trust IV. The amounts for junior subordinated debt related to capital trusts include common securities issued into trust. The trusts are considered variable interest entities for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of the trusts are not included in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
(c) The interest rate on Webster Statutory Trust I floating-rate notes, which varies quarterly based on 3-month LIBOR plus 2.95%, was 3.424% at March 31, 2012 and 3.502% at December 31, 2011.

 

27


Table of Contents

NOTE 9: Regulatory Matters

Regulatory Capital Requirements . Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations, involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulations to ensure capital adequacy require the maintenance of minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of Total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to adjusted quarterly average assets (as defined).

The Tier 1 and total capital ratios are calculated by dividing the respective capital amounts by risk-weighted assets. Risk-weighted assets are calculated based on regulatory requirements and include total assets, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets, allocated by risk weight category, and certain off-balance-sheet items (primarily loan commitments). The leverage ratio is calculated by dividing Tier 1 capital by adjusted quarterly average total assets, which exclude goodwill and other intangible assets.

The following table provides information on the capital ratios for Webster and Webster Bank:

 

     Actual     Capital Requirements     Well Capitalized  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

At March 31, 2012

               

Webster Financial Corporation

               

Total risk-based capital

   $ 1,778,647         14.1   $ 1,007,783         8.0   $ 1,259,728         10.0

Tier 1 capital

     1,619,556         12.9        503,891         4.0        755,837         6.0   

Tier 1 leverage capital ratio

     1,619,556         8.8        733,441         4.0        916,802         5.0   

Webster Bank, N.A.

               

Total risk-based capital

   $ 1,628,836         13.0   $ 1,005,221         8.0   $ 1,256,526         10.0

Tier 1 capital

     1,471,049         11.7        502,611         4.0        753,916         6.0   

Tier 1 leverage capital ratio

     1,471,049         8.0        732,151         4.0        915,188         5.0   

At December 31, 2011

               

Webster Financial Corporation

               

Total risk-based capital

   $ 1,766,468         14.6   $ 967,017         8.0   $ 1,208,772         10.0

Tier 1 capital

     1,577,991         13.1        483,509         4.0        725,263         6.0   

Tier 1 leverage capital ratio

     1,577,991         8.9        713,319         4.0        891,648         5.0   

Webster Bank, N.A.

               

Total risk-based capital

   $ 1,681,769         14.0   $ 964,184         8.0   $ 1,205,230         10.0

Tier 1 capital

     1,494,529         12.4        482,092         4.0        723,138         6.0   

Tier 1 leverage capital ratio

     1,494,529         8.4        711,572         4.0        889,466         5.0   

Webster is subject to the regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve, while Webster Bank is subject to the regulatory capital requirements administered by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Regulatory authorities can initiate certain mandatory actions if Webster or Webster Bank fails to meet minimum capital requirements, which could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Webster Bank is required to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 7.5% of adjusted total assets and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12% of risk-weighted assets. Management believes that Webster and Webster Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor’s rating agency lowered the long-term rating of the U.S. government and federal agencies from AAA to AA+. In response, the federal banking agencies have indicated that for risk-based capital purposes, the risk weights for Treasury securities and other securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, government agencies, and government sponsored entities are not affected.

Dividend Restrictions . In the ordinary course of business, Webster is dependent upon dividends from Webster Bank to provide funds for the payment of dividends to shareholders and to provide for other cash requirements. Banking regulations may limit the amount of dividends that may be paid. Approval by regulatory authorities is required if the effect of dividends declared would cause the regulatory capital of Webster Bank to fall below specified minimum levels. Approval is also required if dividends declared exceed the net profits for that year combined with the retained net profits for the preceding two years. In addition, the OCC has the discretion to prohibit any otherwise permitted capital distribution on general safety and soundness grounds. Dividends paid by Webster Bank to Webster Financial Corporation during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $70.0 million and $25.0 million, respectively.

 

28


Table of Contents

Trust Preferred Securities . In accordance with the applicable accounting standard related to variable interest entities, the accounts of Webster have not been included in the consolidated financial statements. However, $209.9 million in trust preferred securities issued by Webster Capital Trust IV have been included in the Tier 1 capital of Webster for regulatory capital purposes pursuant to guidance from the Federal Reserve Board. On July 21, 2010, sweeping financial regulatory reform legislation entitled the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will require Webster to deduct, over a three year period beginning on January 1, 2013, all trust preferred securities from Webster’s Tier 1 capital. Nonetheless, excluding trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital at March 31, 2012 would not affect Webster’s ability to meet all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Trust preferred securities will continue to be entitled to be treated as Tier 2 capital after they are phased out of Tier 1 capital.

NOTE 10: Earnings Per Common Share

The following table provides the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share from continuing and discontinued operations:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   2012     2011  

Earnings from continuing operations for basic and diluted earnings per common share:

    

Net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders

   $ 38,323      $ 31,754   

Less dividends declared or accrued:

    

Common shareholders

     (4,356     (867

Participating shares

     (21     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total undistributed income available to common shareholders

     33,946        30,883   

Add dividends paid to common shareholders

     4,356        867   

Less income allocated to participating securities

     (160     (131
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income allocated to common shareholders

   $ 38,142      $ 31,619   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings from discontinued operations for basic and diluted earnings per common share:

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations available to common shareholders

   $ —        $ 1,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares:

    

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic

     87,216        86,896   

Effect of dilutive securities:

    

Stock options and restricted stock

     294        394   

Warrants - Series A1 and A2

     4,145        4,707   

Warrants - other

     127        557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted

     91,782        92,554   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations per common share:

    

Basic

   $ 0.44      $ 0.36   

Diluted

   $ 0.42      $ 0.34   

Earnings from discontinued operations per common share:

    

Basic

   $ —        $ 0.02   

Diluted

   $ —        $ 0.02   

Earnings per common share:

    

Basic

   $ 0.44      $ 0.38   

Diluted

   $ 0.42      $ 0.36   

Potential common shares from stock options whose exercise prices are less than the weighted average market price of Webster’s common stock are deemed to be anti-dilutive to the earnings per share calculation and therefore are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share. There were 611 thousand and 560 thousand non-participating stock options with exercise prices that were less than the weighted average market price of Webster’s common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

29


Table of Contents

Stock Options

Options to purchase 2.0 million and 1.9 million shares for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of the shares for the respective periods.

Restricted Stock

Non-participating restricted stock awards of 163.1 thousand and 19.2 thousand shares for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, whose issuance is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain performance conditions, were deemed to be anti-dilutive and therefore were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the respective periods.

Series A Preferred Stock

Series A Preferred Stock represents potential issuable common stock of 1.1 million shares at March 31, 2012 and 2011. The weighted average effect of the potential issuable common stock associated with the Series A Preferred Stock was deemed to be anti-dilutive and therefore was excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

Warrants

Series A1 and A2 : The Series A1 and A2 warrants issued in connection with the Warburg investment represent an aggregate 8.6 million potential issuable shares of common stock at March 31, 2012 and 2011. The weighted average dilutive effect of these warrants was included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price of the warrants was less than the average market price of Webster’s common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. The initial exercise price of $10.00 increased to $11.50 for the A1 warrants on July 28, 2011 and for the A2 warrants on October 15, 2011. The exercise price will similarly increase to $13.00 for the A1 warrants on July 28, 2013 and for the A2 warrants on October 15, 2013, unless otherwise exercised on or before the respective dates. As of March 31, 2012, none of the A1 or A2 warrants have been exercised.

Other Warrants : Warrants originally issued to the U.S. Treasury and sold in a secondary public offering on June 8, 2011 represents 0.7 million and 3.3 million potential issuable shares of common stock at March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The weighted average dilutive effect of these warrants was included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price of the warrants was less than the average market price of Webster’s common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

NOTE 11: Derivative Financial Instruments

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

Webster is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. Webster principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. Webster manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, Webster enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. Webster’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of Webster’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to its investments and borrowings.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

Webster’s primary objective in using interest rate derivatives is to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, Webster uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges are designed to manage the risk associated with a forecasted event or an uncertain variable rate cash flow.

Webster uses forward-starting interest rate swaps to protect the Company against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on forecasted debt issuances. All forward settle swaps are expected to be cash settled at debt issuance. The change in fair value of the forward settle swaps is marked through OCI and the OCI gain or loss at the time of debt issuance will be amortized into interest expense over the life of the debt. The valuation balance recorded in OCI related to future settle cash flow swaps was a net $9.2 million loss as of March 31, 2012.

Webster has two $50 million forward settle interest rate swap hedges outstanding as of March 31, 2012, which qualify for cash flow hedge accounting. The swaps, entered into in May 2011, protect the Company against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing exposure to variability in cash flows related to interest payments on forecasted issuance of six-year debt. Each $50 million swap will pay a fixed rate and receive 1-month LIBOR indexed floating rate, effective on September 5, 2012 and September 11, 2012, and maturing on June 5, 2018 and June 11, 2018, respectively. Cash settlement is expected to occur on the effective date and the forecasted six-year debt issuances are anticipated to occur between June 11, 2012 and December 11, 2012.

 

30


Table of Contents

The Company terminated two $50 million forward settle interest rate swap hedge transactions during March 2012, which qualified for cash flow hedge accounting. The swap terminations were cash settled upon entering into two four-year repurchase agreements effective March 21, 2012 and March 26, 2012. The termination loss of $5.8 million is recorded in OCI and will be amortized into interest expense over the term of the repurchase agreements maturing on March 21, 2016 and March 28, 2016.

Previously terminated forward settle swap losses are recorded in OCI and are amortized into earnings over the respective term of the associated issued debt instrument. Over the next twelve months the Company will reclassify $7.6 million from OCI as an increase to interest expense related to amortization of gains or losses related to termination of cash flow hedges.

In addition, the Company has a $100 million swap which became effective April 2010 and is designated as a cash flow hedge transaction against the risk of changes in cash flows related to the Company’s $100 million 3-month LIBOR indexed floating rate FHLB advance maturing April 29, 2013. The swap’s change in fair value is marked through OCI and a component of OCI is reclassified to interest expense on a quarterly basis. The balance in OCI related to this cash flow hedge is a $1.4 million loss as of March 31, 2012.

Amounts reported in OCI related to current cash flow derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. During the next twelve months the Company estimates that $2.9 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.

The table below presents the fair value of Webster’s derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges as well as their classification on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

          At March 31, 2012     At December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in thousands)

  Balance Sheet
Location
    # of
Instruments
  Notional
Amount
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    # of
Instruments
  Notional
Amount
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of cash flow:

             

Interest rate swap on FHLB advances

    Other liabilities      1   $ 100,000      $ (1,434   1   $ 100,000      $ (1,521

Forward settle interest rate swap on anticipated debt

    Other liabilities      2     100,000        (9,222   4     200,000        (15,050

The net impact on interest expense related to cash flow hedges for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is presented below:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Interest
Expense
     Realized
Deferred
Loss
(Gain)
    Net
Impact
    Interest
Expense
     Realized
Deferred
Loss
(Gain)
    Net
Impact
 

Impact reported as an increase or (reduction) in interest expense on borrowings

              

Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances

   $ 331       $ 1,139      $ 1,470      $ 382       $ 369      $ 751   

Interest rate swaps on subordinated debt

     —           (87     (87     —           (37     (37

Interest rate swaps repurchase agreement

     —           469        469        —           —          —     

Interest rate swaps on Trust Preferred Securities

     —           (45     (45     —           (45     (45
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impact on interest expense on borrowings

   $ 331       $ 1,476      $ 1,807      $ 382       $ 287      $ 669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012, the remaining unamortized loss on the termination of cash flow hedges was $32.7 million. There was no hedge ineffectiveness for three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

Fair Value Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

Webster is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its fixed rate obligations due to changes in benchmark interest rates. Webster uses interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to changes in fair value on these instruments attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve the receipt of fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for Webster making variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. Webster did not have any derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

For derivatives designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is recognized in interest expense. Webster includes the gain or loss from the period end mark to market (“MTM”) adjustments on the hedged items in the same line item as the offsetting loss or gain on the related derivatives. The impact of derivative net settlements, hedge ineffectiveness, basis amortization adjustments and amortization of deferred hedge terminations are also recognized in interest expense.

 

31


Table of Contents

The net impact on interest expense related to fair value hedges for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is presented in the table below:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     Interest
Income
     MTM
Gain
     Realized
Deferred
(Gain)
Loss
    Net
Impact
    Interest
Income
    MTM
Gain
    Realized
Deferred
(Gain)
Loss
    Net
Impact
 

Impact reported as a (reduction) or increase in interest expense on borrowings

                  

Interest rate swaps on senior notes

   $ —         $ —         $ (799   $ (799   $ —        $ —        $ (799   $ (799

Interest rate swaps on subordinated debt

     —           —           (2,599     (2,599     —          —          (1,120     (1,120

Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances

     —           —           —          —          (61     (144     99        (106
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impact on interest expense on borrowings

   $ —         $ —         $ (3,398   $ (3,398   $ (61   $ (144   $ (1,820   $ (2,025
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012, the remaining unamortized gain on the termination of fair value hedges was $8.7 million.

Non-Hedge Accounting Derivatives / Non-designated Hedges

Derivatives not designated as hedges for accounting are not speculative and are used to manage Webster’s exposure to interest rate movements and other identified risks but do not meet the hedge accounting requirements of ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” Changes in the fair value of these instruments are recorded as a component of non-interest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, Webster had the following outstanding interest rate swaps and caps that were not designated for hedge accounting:

 

          At March 31, 2012     At December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Balance Sheet
Location
   # of
Instruments
     Notional
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
    # of
Instruments
     Notional
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Webster with customer position:

                   

Commercial loan interest rate swaps

   Other assets      132       $ 648,600       $ 43,648        127       $ 615,773       $ 45,140   

Commercial loan interest rate swaps with floors

   Other assets      12         24,945         1,891        12         25,217         1,994   

Commercial loan interest rate caps

   Other liabilities      13         105,289         (144     13         119,186         (160

Webster with counterparty position:

                   

Commercial loan interest rate swaps

   Other liabilities      118         582,477         (38,340     119         595,542         (40,269

Commercial loan interest rate swaps

   Other liabilities      10         66,071         215        4         20,180         13   

Commercial loan interest rate swaps with floors

   Other liabilities      12         24,945         (1,513     12         25,217         (1,597

Commercial loan interest rate caps

   Other liabilities      13         105,289         144        13         119,186         160   

Webster reported the changes in the fair value of non-hedge accounting derivatives as a component of other non-interest income in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as follows:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     Interest
Income
     MTM
(Loss)
Gain
    Net
Impact
    Interest
Income
     MTM
(Loss)
Gain
    Net
Impact
 

Impact reported in other non-interest income:

              

Visa Swap

   $ —         $ (452   $ (452   $ —         $ (100   $ (100

Commercial loan interest rate derivatives, net

     315         779        1,094        207         161        368   

Fed funds futures contracts

     —           156        156        —           (119     (119
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impact on other non-interest income

   $ 315       $ 483      $ 798      $ 207       $ (58   $ 149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted average rates paid and received for interest rate swaps outstanding at March 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

     Weighted-Average  
     Interest
Pay Coupon
    Interest
Receive Coupon
 

Interest rate swaps:

    

Cash flow hedge interest rate swaps

     1.85     0.58

Non-hedging interest rate swaps

     1.55     1.65
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted average strike rates for interest rate caps and floors outstanding at March 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

     Strike Rate  

Non-hedging commercial loan interest rate caps

     3.17

Non-hedging commercial loan interest rate floors (embedded in interest rate swaps)

     0.99   
  

 

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents

Futures Contracts. On March 30, 2010, to hedge against a rise in short term rates over the next twelve months, Webster entered into a $600 million short-selling of a one year strip of Fed funds future contracts with serial maturities between May 2010 and April 2011. Throughout 2010 and into 2011, Webster continued to roll the futures contracts but reduced the notional amount to $400 million for the September 2011 through April 2013 contracts. This transaction is designed to work in conjunction with floating rate assets with interest rate floors which will not be affected if there is an increase in short-term interest rates. The fair value of the contracts is $0.9 million and is reflected as other liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related income impact as non-interest income on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized a $156 thousand mark to market gain and a $119 thousand mark to market loss, respectively.

Mortgage Banking Derivatives. Certain derivative instruments, primarily forward sales of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) are utilized by Webster in its efforts to manage risk of loss associated with its mortgage loan commitments and mortgage loans held for sale. Prior to closing and funding certain single-family residential mortgage loans, an interest rate locked commitment is generally extended to the borrower. During the period from commitment date to closing date, Webster is subject to the risk that market rates of interest may change. If market rates rise, investors generally will pay less to purchase such loans resulting in a reduction in the gain on sale of the loans or, possibly, a loss. In an effort to mitigate such risk, forward delivery sales commitments, under which Webster agrees to deliver whole mortgage loans to various investors or issue MBS, are established. At March 31, 2012, outstanding rate locks totaled approximately $176.6 million and the outstanding commitments to sell residential mortgage loans totaled approximately $172.0 million. Forward sales, which include mandatory forward commitments of approximately $168.8 million at March 31, 2012, establish the price to be received upon the sale of the related mortgage loan, thereby mitigating certain interest rate risk. There is, however, still certain execution risk specifically related to Webster’s ability to close and deliver to its investors the mortgage loans it has committed to sell. The interest rate locked loan commitments and forward sales commitments are recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded as non-interest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the fair value of interest rate locked loan commitments and forward sales commitments totaled $1.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and were recorded as a component of other assets in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Foreign Currency Derivatives . The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts that are not designated as hedging instruments primarily to accommodate the business needs of its customers. Upon the origination of a foreign currency forward contract with a customer, the Company simultaneously enters into an offsetting contract with a third party to negate the exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The notional amounts and fair values of open foreign currency forward contracts were not material at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Counterparty Credit Risk. Derivative contracts involve the risk of dealing with both bank customers and institutional derivative counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms. The Company has Master ISDA agreements with all derivative counterparties. Additionally, the Company has executed a Credit Support Annex (CSA) to the Master Agreement with each of its institutional derivative counterparties. The ISDA Master Agreements provide that on each payment date all amounts otherwise owing the same currency under the same transaction are netted so that only a single amount is owed in that currency. The ISDA Master Agreements also provide, if the parties so elect, for such netting of amounts in the same currency among all transactions identified as being subject to such election that have common payment dates and booking offices. Under the CSA daily net exposure in excess of our negotiated threshold is secured by posted collateral. The Company has adopted a zero threshold with the majority of its approved financial institution counterparties. In accordance with Webster policies, institutional counterparties must be fully underwritten and approved through the Company’s credit approval process. The Company’s credit exposure on interest rate swaps is limited to the net favorable value and interest payments of all swaps by each of the counterparties for the amounts up to the established threshold for collateralization. Credit exposure may be reduced by the amount of collateral pledged by the counterparty. The Company’s credit exposure relating to interest rate swaps with bank customers was approximately $45.5 million at March 31, 2012. This credit exposure is partly mitigated as transactions with customers are secured by the collateral, if any, securing the underlying transaction being hedged. The Company’s credit exposure related to derivatives with approved financial institutions is zero as the positions each have a net unfavorable market value. In accordance with our CSA Agreements, approximately $48.8 million of collateral was pledged to those counterparties at March 31, 2012. Collateral levels for approved financial institution counterparties are monitored on a daily basis and adjusted as necessary. In the event of default, should the collateral not be returned, the exposure would be offset by terminating the transactions.

 

33


Table of Contents

NOTE 12: Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined using quoted market prices. However, in many instances, quoted market prices are not available. In such instances, fair values are determined using various valuation techniques. Various assumptions and observable inputs must be relied upon in applying these techniques. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate transfer of the respective asset or liability. When determining fair value, the Company applies the portfolio exception with respect to measuring counterparty credit risk for all of its derivative transactions subject to a master netting arrangement.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

   

Level 1: Valuation is based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2: Fair value is calculated using inputs other than quoted market prices that are directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. The valuation may rely on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit ratings, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

 

   

Level 3: Inputs for determining the fair value of the respective assets or liabilities are not observable. Level 3 valuations are reliant upon pricing models and techniques that require significant management judgment or estimation.

Categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Securities

When quoted prices are available in an active market, the Company classifies securities within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include equity securities-financial institutions and U.S. Treasury bills.

If quoted market prices are not available, the Company employs an independent pricing service who utilizes matrix pricing to calculate fair value. Such fair value measurements consider observable data such as dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, yield curves, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayments speeds, credit information, and respective terms and conditions for debt instruments. The Company employs procedures to monitor pricing services’ assumptions and establishes processes to challenge pricing services’ valuations that appear unusual or unexpected. Level 2 securities include agency CMOs-GSE, corporate debt, single-issuer trust preferred securities, mortgage-backed securities-GSE, CMBS securities and auction rate preferred securities.

When a market is illiquid or there is a lack of transparency around the inputs to valuation, the respective securities are classified as Level 3 and reliance is placed upon internally developed models, and management judgment and evaluation for valuation. Pooled trust preferred securities are currently classified as Level 3.

Due to the continued inactive market and illiquid nature of pooled trust preferred in the entire capital structure, an internal cash flow model is used to value these securities, on a quarterly basis. The Company employs an internal CDO model for projection of future cash flows and discounting those cash flows to a net present value. Each underlying issuer in the pool is rated internally using the latest financial data on each institution, and future deferrals, defaults and losses are then estimated on the basis of continued stress in the financial markets. Further, all current and projected deferrals are not assumed to cure, and all current and projected defaults are assumed to have no recovery value. The resulting net cash flows are then discounted at current market levels for similar types of products that are actively trading. To determine potential OTTI due to credit losses, management compares the amortized cost to the present value of expected cash flows adjusted for deferrals and defaults using the discount margin at the time of purchase. Other factors considered include an analysis of excess subordination and temporary interest shortfall coverage. Additional interest deferrals, defaults, or ratings changes could result in future OTTI charges.

Investments in Private Equity Funds

The Company generally accounts for its percentage ownership of investments in private equity funds at cost, subject to impairment testing, while certain of the funds are included at fair value based upon the net asset value of the respective fund. At March 31, 2012, investments in private equity funds consisted of $2.2 million recorded at fair value and $9.4 million at cost. As these are private investments that cannot be redeemed since the investment is distributed as the underlying investments are liquidated, which generally takes 10 years, and there are currently no plans to sell any of these investments prior to their liquidation, the investments in private equity funds included at fair value are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The investments in private equity funds that are carried at cost are considered to be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when there is impairment. The Company has $3.1 million unfunded commitments for its investments in private equity funds.

Investments Held in Rabbi Trust

The investments held in Rabbi Trust primarily include mutual funds that invest in equity and fixed income securities. Shares of mutual funds are valued based on net asset value, which represents quoted market prices for the underlying shares held in the mutual fund.

 

34


Table of Contents

Therefore, investments held in Rabbi Trust are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company has elected to measure the investments in the Rabbi Trust at fair value. The Company consolidates the invested assets of the trust along with the total deferred compensation obligations and includes them in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, including them in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Earnings in the Rabbi Trust, including appreciation or depreciation, are reflected as other non-interest income and changes in the corresponding liability are reflected as compensation and benefits in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. The cost basis of the investments held in Rabbi Trust is $5.6 million at March 31, 2012.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments are internally valued using observable inputs obtained from third parties. The resulting fair values are validated against valuations performed by independent third parties and are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

A summary of fair values for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value consisted of the following:

 

     At March 31, 2012  

(In thousands)

   Carrying
Balance
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial assets held at fair value:

           

Available for sale securities:

           

U.S. treasury bills

   $ 200       $ 200       $ —         $ —     

Agency CMOs - GSE

     1,807,338         —           1,807,338         —     

Corporate debt

     114,257         —           114,256         —     

Pooled trust preferred securities

     29,815         —           —           29,815   

Single issuer trust preferred securities

     41,044         —           41,044         —     

Equity securities

     9,016         8,716         300         —     

Mortgage-backed securities - GSE

     781,012         —           781,012         —     

CMBS

     362,185         —           362,186         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale securities

     3,144,867         8,916         3,106,136         29,815   

Derivative instruments:

           

Interest rate swaps

     45,539         —           45,539         —     

Mortgage banking derivatives

     1,192         —           1,192         —     

Investments held in Rabbi Trust

     5,633         5,633         —           —     

Investments in private equity funds

     2,247         —           —           2,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets held at fair value

   $ 3,199,478       $ 14,549       $ 3,152,867       $ 32,062   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held at fair value:

           

Derivative instruments:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ 50,294       $ —         $ 50,294       $ —     

Fed Fund futures contract

     917         —           917         —     

Visa Swap

     2         —           2         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities held at fair value

   $ 51,213       $ —         $ 51,213       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents
       At December 31, 2011  

(In thousands)

   Carrying
Balance
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial assets held at fair value:

           

Available for sale securities:

           

U.S. treasury bills

   $ 200       $ 200       $ —         $ —     

Agency CMOs - GSE

     1,940,242         —           1,940,242         —     

Pooled trust preferred securities

     28,998         —           —           28,998   

Single issuer trust preferred securities

     38,214         —           38,214         —     

Equity securities

     9,447         8,472         —           975   

Mortgage-backed securities - GSE

     527,310         —           527,310         —     

CMBS

     330,353         —           330,353         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available for sale securities

     2,874,764         8,672         2,836,119         29,973   

Derivative instruments:

           

Interest rate swaps

     47,134         —           47,134         —     

Investments in private equity funds

     2,841         —           —           2,841   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets held at fair value

   $ 2,924,739       $ 8,672       $ 2,883,253       $ 32,814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities held at fair value:

           

Derivative instruments:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ 58,424       $ —         $ 58,424       $ —     

Fed Fund futures contract

     1,365         —           1,365         —     

Visa Swap

     2         —           2         —     

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  

(In thousands)

   2012     2011  

Level 3, beginning of period (a)

   $ 32,814      $ 61,098   

Transfers out of Level 3 (b)

     (975     —     

Change in unrealized loss included in other comprehensive income

     1,126        3,318   

Unrealized loss included in net income

     (720     (167

Realized loss on sale of available for sale securities

     —          (974

Purchases/capital calls

     126        147   

Sales/proceeds

     —          (5,081

Accretion/amortization

     (6     49   

Calls/paydowns

     (303     (570

Other

     —          2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Level 3, end of period

   $ 32,062      $ 57,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) The Company has investments in private equity funds included in Level 3 and has adjusted prior period balances to conform to the current period’s presentation. Management believes that these changes are immaterial to Webster’s financial statements and align reporting of such data more closely with reporting requirements resulting from the adoption of ASU 2011-04 Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS”.
(b) As of January 1, 2012, auction rate preferred securities were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2. These securities are considered to be Level 2 based upon observable market activity at full par value for recent transactions.

 

36


Table of Contents

The following table presents information about quantitative inputs and assumptions for items categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

 

       At March 31, 2012

(In thousands)

   Fair Value      Valuation
Technique
     Unobservable
Input
     Range
(Weighted Average)

Pooled trust preferred securities

   $ 29,815         Discounted cash flow         Discount rate       6.93% - 11.16%
(9.11%)
           Credit spread       389 - 812 bp

(607 bp)

Discount rates are derived for each security depending on the original rating or a notched down rating based on management decision. The discount represents a market rate used to discount expected cash flows to determine the fair value of the security. Components of the calculated discount rate are published industry credit spreads and 30 year swap rate. When discount rates increase as a result of increase in rate or credit spread, there is a direct inverse correlation with fair value; as discount rate increases, fair value decreases. An increase in credit spreads correlates to an increase in discount rate and therefore a decrease in fair value.

Pooled trust preferred security issuer financials are reviewed on a quarterly basis and an internal credit rating (“shadow rating”) is updated for individual issuers in the model. The shadow rating is correlated to a Moody’s loss table to determine the loss impact on expected cash flows. There is a direct relationship between shadow rating and fair value; as shadow ratings decline the loss probability increases, expected cash flows decline and therefore fair value decreases. There may be instances when a one notch downgrade in credit ratings may not significantly impact the fair value of securities depending on the amount of collateral in the deal that is already rated “D” for which Webster Bank assumes 100% loss.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis; that is, the assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets measured on a non-recurring basis.

Loans

Impaired loans for which repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the value of the underlying collateral are considered collateral dependent and are valued based on the estimated fair value of such collateral using Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of cost or market and are considered to be recognized at fair value when they are recorded at below cost. The fair value of loans held for sale is based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold in conjunction with securitization transactions, adjusted as required for changes in loan characteristics and are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) and Repossessed Assets

OREO and Repossessed Assets are accounted for at the lower of cost or market and are considered to be recognized at fair value when they are recorded at below cost. The fair value of OREO is based on independent appraisals or internal valuation methods, less estimated selling costs. The fair value of repossessed assets is based on available pricing guides, auction results and price opinions, less estimated selling costs. Certain assets require assumptions that are not observable in an active market in the determination of fair value and are classified as Level 3.

Mortgage Servicing Assets

The Company accounts for mortgage servicing assets at cost, subject to impairment testing. When the carrying value exceeds fair value, a valuation allowance is established to reduce the carrying cost to fair value. Fair value is calculated as the present value of estimated future net servicing income and relies on market based assumptions for loan prepayment speeds, servicing costs, discount rates, and other economic factors. As such, mortgage servicing assets are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The table below presents the valuation methodology and unobservable inputs for Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at March 31, 2012:

 

37


Table of Contents

(Dollars in thousands)

                     

Asset

   Fair Value     

Valuation Methodology

  

Unobservable Inputs

   Range of Inputs

Impaired Loans

   $ 26,777      

Appraisals

  

Discount for dated appraisal

   0% - 60%
     

Appraisals

  

Discount for costs to sell

   3% - 11%
     

Direct Capitalization Method

  

Cap Rate

   8.8%

Other Real Estate

   $ 1,813      

Appraisals

  

Discount for costs to sell

   8%
        

Discount for appraisal type

   15% - 60%

Mortgage Servicing Rights

   $ 5,939      

Discounted cash flow

  

Prepayment speeds

   7.8% - 23.2%
        

Discount Rates

   3.5% - 5.1%

The following table presents foreclosed and repossessed assets that were remeasured and reported at fair value:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands)

   2012     2011  

Foreclosed and repossessed assets

    

Remeasured at initial recognition:

    

Carrying value prior to remeasurement

   $ 2,583      $ 3,932   

Charge-offs recognized in the allowance for loan and lease losses

     (822     (1,370
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value

   $ 1,761      $ 2,562   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remeasured subsequent to initial recognition:

    

Carrying value prior to remeasurement

   $ 69      $ 5,011   

Write-downs included in other non-interest expense

     (17     (779
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value

   $ 52      $ 4,232   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Disclosed at Fair Value

The Company is required to disclose estimated fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities on and off the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate fair value and the following is a description of valuation methodologies used for those assets and liabilities.

Cash, Due from Banks, and Interest-bearing Deposits

The carrying amount of cash, due from banks, and interest-bearing deposits is used to approximate fair value, given the short time frame to maturity and as such assets do not present unanticipated credit concerns.

Loans and Lease Receivables

The Company employs an independent third party to provide fair value estimates for loans and leases held for investment. Such estimates are calculated using discounted cash flow analysis, using market interest rates for comparable loans. The associated cash flows are adjusted for credit and other potential losses. Fair value for impaired loans is estimated using the net present value of the expected cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is collateral dependent. Loans and lease receivables are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Given the short time frame to maturity, deposit liabilities are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and Other Short Term Borrowings

Carrying value is an estimate of fair value for those securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short term borrowings that mature within 90 days. The fair values of all other short term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on current market rates adjusted, as appropriate, for associated credit and option risks. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short term borrowings are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Long Term Debt

The fair value of long term debt is estimated using a discounted cash flow technique. Discount rates are matched with the time period of the expected cash flow and are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect credit and option risk. Long term debt is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

38


Table of Contents

A summary of estimated fair values of significant financial instruments consisted of the following:

 

    At March 31,2012  

(In thousands)

  Carrying
Balance
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

       

Cash and due from banks

  $ 173,027      $ 173,027      $ —        $ —     

Interest-bearing deposits

    77,921        77,921        —          —     

Securities available for sale

    3,144,867        8,916        3,106,136        29,815   

Securities held-to-maturity

    3,079,654        —          3,234,584        —     

Loans held for sale

    59,615        —          —          59,615   

Loans, net

    11,101,862        —          —          11,147,132   

Mortgage servicing assets (a)

    8,995        —          —          10,988   

Derivative instruments

    46,731        —          46,731        —     

Investments held in Rabbi Trust

    5,633        5,633        —          —     

Investments in private equity funds

    11,604        —          —          11,604   

Liabilities

       

Deposits other than time deposits

  $ 11,178,662      $ 10,811,482      $ —        $ —     

Time deposits

    2,765,835        2,811,875        —          —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

    1,268,589        —          1,318,341        —     

FHLB advances and other long-term debt (b)

    1,826,784        —          1,811,722        —     

Derivative instruments

    51,213        —          51,213        —     

 

    At December 31, 2011  

(In thousands)

  Carrying
Balance
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

       

Cash and due from banks

  $ 195,957      $ 195,957      $ —        $ —     

Interest-bearing deposits

    96,062        96,062        —          —     

Securities available for sale

    2,874,764        8,672        2,836,119        29,973   

Securities held-to-maturity

    2,973,727        —          3,130,546        —     

Loans held for sale

    57,391        —          —          57,391   

Loans, net

    10,991,917        —          —          11,097,390   

Mortgage servicing assets (a)

    7,831        —          —          9,968   

Investments in private equity funds

    12,343        —          —          12,343   

Derivative instruments

    47,134        —          47,134        —     

Liabilities

       

Deposits other than time deposits

  $ 10,821,390      $ 10,619,712      $ —        $ —     

Time deposits

    2,834,635        2,883,006        —          —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

    1,164,706        —          1,212,228        —     

FHLB advances and other long-term debt (b)

    1,805,198        —          1,789,506        —     

Derivative instruments

    59,791        —          59,791        —     

 

(a) The carrying amount of mortgage servicing assets is net of $1.1 million and $0.9 million reserves at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The estimated fair value does not include such adjustments.
(b) The carrying amount of FHLB advances and other long-term debt is net of $9.0 million and $12.5 million in hedge accounting adjustments and discounts at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The estimated fair value does not include such adjustments.

 

39


Table of Contents

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the entire holdings or any part of a particular financial instrument. Because no active market exists for a significant portion of Webster’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These factors are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

NOTE 13: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The following table provides the components of net benefit costs for the three months ended March 31, as indicated:

 

     Webster Pension     Webster SERP      Other Benefits  

(In thousands)

   2012     2011     2012      2011      2012      2011  

Net Periodic Benefit Cost Recognized in Net Income:

               

Service cost

   $ 44      $ 44      $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Interest cost

     1,815        1,865        80         92         44         54   

Expected return on plan assets

     (2,521     (2,726     —           —           —           —     

Amortization of prior service cost

     —          —          —           —           18         18   

Amortization of net loss

     1,587        662        20         8         26         16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost (income) recognized in net income

   $ 925      $ (155   $ 100       $ 100       $ 88       $ 88   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Webster Bank Pension Plan and the supplemental pension plans were frozen effective December 31, 2007. During the three month periods presented, no additional benefits have been accrued.

Additional contributions to the Webster Bank Pension Plan will be made as deemed appropriate by management in conjunction with information provided by the Plan’s actuaries.

The Bank is also a sponsor of a multiple-employer plan, EIN/Pension Plan Number 13-5645888/333, (“the Fund”) administered by Pentegra for the benefit of former employees of a bank acquired by Webster. The Fund does not segregate the assets or liabilities of its participating employers in the ongoing administration of this plan. All benefit accruals were frozen as of September 1, 2004. According to the Fund’s administrators, as of July 1, 2011, the date of the latest actuarial valuation, Webster’s portion of the plan was underfunded by $5.9 million. Webster made $0.4 million in contributions for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

NOTE 14: Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Webster has established stock-based compensation plans that cover certain employees and directors, as the Company believes that such awards better align the interests of its employees with those of its shareholders. Shares for awards of restricted stock or the exercise of stock options are expected to come from the Company’s treasury shares or authorized and unissued shares. The cost of the stock-based compensation plans is recognized based upon the grant-date fair value, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of such awards, net of estimated forfeitures, as a component of compensation and benefits reflected in non-interest expense. Stock-based compensation expense was $1.7 million and $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, consisting of (1) stock options expense of $215.4 thousand and $157.8 thousand and (2) restricted stock expense of $1.5 million and $1.1 million.

Stock Options

The following table provides a summary of stock option activity, under the plans, for the three months ended March 31, 2012:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
 

Options outstanding, at beginning of period

     2,513,327       $ 30.03   

Options granted

     398,616         23.81   

Options exercised

     20,553         12.85   

Options forfeited or expired

     3,920         37.37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options outstanding, at end of period

     2,887,470       $ 29.29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable, at end of period

     2,258,274       $ 31.75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options expected to vest, at end of period

     413,138       $ 18.90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents

At March 31, 2012, total options outstanding included 2,887,470 non-qualified and 296,655 incentive stock options. As of March 31, 2012, there was $2.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.6 years.

 

41


Table of Contents

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     2012     2011  

Weighted-average assumptions:

    

Expected term (years)

     6.6        6.5   

Expected dividend yield

     1.00     1.00

Expected forfeiture rate

     9.00        9.00   

Expected volatility

     61.03        57.41   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.30        2.68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of option at grant date

   $ 11.71      $ 12.74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted Stock

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity, under the plans, for the three months ended March 31, 2012:

 

     Time - Based      Performance - Based  
     Number of
Shares
     Weighted-average
Grant Date

Fair Value
     Number of
Shares
     Weighted-average
Grant Date

Fair Value
 

Restricted stock, at beginning of period

     384,385       $ 20.20         —         $ —     

Granted

     156,187         22.38         149,479         25.44   

Vested

     76,309         19.71         8,304         25.44   

Forfeited

     2,528         22.65         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted stock, at end of period

     461,735       $ 20.99         141,175       $ 25.44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were 2,157 shares of time-based restricted stock and 112,889 shares of performance-based stock granted to senior management. The performance-based awards vest after three years in a range from zero to 200% of the target number of shares under the grant. A portion of the shares vest dependent upon Webster’s ranking for total shareholder return versus the KBW Regional Banking Index (KRX) and the remaining portion vest dependent on Webster’s return on equity over the three year vesting period. As of March 31, 2012, there was $12.8 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock awards expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.1 years.

NOTE 15: Business Segments

Webster’s operations are divided into four business segments that represent its core businesses - Commercial Banking, Retail Banking, Consumer Finance and Other. Other includes HSA Bank and Private Banking. These segments reflect how executive management responsibilities are assigned by the Chief Executive Officer for each of the core businesses, the products and services provided and the type of customer served, and reflect how financial information is currently evaluated by management. The Company’s Treasury unit and consumer liquidating portfolio are included in the Corporate and Reconciling category along with the results of discontinued operations and the amounts required to reconcile profitability metrics to GAAP reported amounts.

As of January 1, 2012 the Company changed the allocation of FDIC insurance expense to conform to the change in the FDIC insurance assessment system from one that is based on domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity which took effect in 2011. The 2011 business segment results have been adjusted for comparability to the 2012 segment presentation.

Webster uses an internal profitability reporting system to generate information by operating segment, which is based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer pricing, the provision for loan and lease losses, non-interest expense, income taxes and equity capital. These estimates and allocations, certain of which are subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Changes in estimates and allocations that affect the reported results of any operating segment do not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of Webster as a whole.

The Company uses a matched maturity funding concept, also known as coterminous funds transfer pricing (“FTP”), to allocate interest income and interest expense to each business while also transferring the primary interest rate risk exposures to the Corporate and Reconciling category. The allocation process considers the specific interest rate risk and liquidity risk of financial instruments and other assets and liabilities in each line of business. The “matched maturity funding concept” considers the origination date and the earlier of the maturity date or the repricing date of a financial instrument to assign an FTP rate for loans and deposits originated each day. Loans are assigned an FTP rate for funds “used” and deposits are assigned an FTP rate for funds “provided.” From a governance perspective, this process is executed by the Company’s Financial Planning and Analysis division, and the process is overseen by the Company’s Asset-Liability Committee.

 

42


Table of Contents

Webster attributes the provision for loan and lease losses to each segment based on management’s estimate of the inherent loss content in each of the specific loan portfolios. Provision expense, for certain elements of risk that are not deemed specifically attributable to a business segment, such as environmental factors and provision for the consumer liquidating portfolio, are shown as other reconciling. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, 52.0% of the provision expense is specifically attributable to business segments and reported accordingly.

Webster allocates a majority of non-interest expense to each business segment using a full-absorption costing process. Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate business segment and corporate overhead costs are allocated to the business segments. Income tax expense is allocated to each business segment based on the effective income tax rate for the period shown.

The full profitability measurement reports which are prepared for each operating segment reflect non-GAAP reporting methodologies. The differences between these report based measures are reconciled to GAAP values in the Corporate and Reconciling category.

Webster’s business segment results are intended to reflect each segment as if it were a stand-alone business. The following table presents the operating results and total assets for Webster’s reportable segments:

 

    Three months ended March 31, 2012  
(In thousands)   Commercial
Banking
    Retail
Banking
    Consumer
Finance
    Other     Total
Business
Segments
     Corporate
and
Reconciling
    Consolidated
Total
 

Net interest income

  $ 43,908      $ 56,725      $ 27,023      $ 7,919      $ 135,575       $ 7,793      $ 143,368   

(Benefit) provision for loan and lease losses

    (910     1,564        1,505        (78     2,081         1,919        4,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

    44,818        55,161        25,518        7,997        133,494         5,874        139,368   

Non-interest income

    6,893        21,937        5,722        7,134        41,686         2,300        43,986   

Non-interest expense

    24,811        68,518        18,384        11,562        123,275         4,538        127,813   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    26,900        8,580        12,856        3,569        51,905         3,636        55,541   

Income tax expense

    8,041        2,565        3,843        1,067        15,516         1,087        16,603   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

    18,859        6,015        9,013        2,502        36,389         2,549        38,938   

Income from discontinued operations

    —          —          —          —          —           —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before noncontrolling interests

    18,859        6,015        9,013        2,502        36,389         2,549        38,938   

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —           —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Webster Financial Corporation

  $ 18,859      $ 6,015      $ 9,013      $ 2,502      $ 36,389       $ 2,549      $ 38,938   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets at March 31, 2012

  $ 4,425,694      $ 1,552,694      $ 5,871,817      $ 252,998      $ 12,103,203       $ 7,030,939      $ 19,134,142   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Three months ended March 31, 2011  
(In thousands)   Commercial
Banking
    Retail
Banking
    Consumer
Finance
    Other     Total
Business
Segments
    Corporate
and
Reconciling
    Consolidated
Total
 

Net interest income

  $ 39,642      $ 54,300      $ 27,248      $ 5,646      $ 126,836      $ 13,325      $ 140,161   

Provision (benefit) for loan and lease losses

    1,875        1,209        7,908        (279     10,713        (713     10,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

    37,767        53,091        19,340        5,925        116,123        14,038        130,161   

Non-interest income

    6,026        24,749        2,041        5,862        38,678        5,238        43,916   

Non-interest expense

    25,642        70,697        18,490        10,069        124,898        4,227        129,125   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    18,151        7,143        2,891        1,718        29,903        15,049        44,952   

Income tax expense

    4,994        1,965        795        473        8,227        4,141        12,368   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

    13,157        5,178        2,096        1,245        21,676        10,908        32,584   

Income from discontinued operations

    —          —          —          —          —          1,995        1,995   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before noncontrolling interests

    13,157        5,178        2,096        1,245        21,676        12,903        34,579   

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —          —          (1     —          (1     —          (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Webster Financial Corporation

  $ 13,157      $ 5,178      $ 2,097      $ 1,245      $ 21,677      $ 12,903      $ 34,580   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets at December 31, 2011

  $ 4,359,405      $ 1,546,457      $ 5,869,028      $ 245,554      $ 12,020,444      $ 6,693,896      $ 18,714,340   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

NOTE 16: Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments. At March 31, 2012, Webster was obligated under various non-cancellable operating leases for properties used as banking offices and other office facilities. The leases contain renewal options and escalation clauses which provide for increased rental expense based primarily upon increases in real estate taxes over a base year. It is expected that certain leases will be renewed, or equipment replaced with new leased equipment, as these leases expire. Rental expense under leases was $5.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, and is recorded as a component of occupancy expense in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Webster is also entitled to rental income under various non-cancellable operating leases for properties owned. Rental income was $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, and is recorded as a component of other non-interest income in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. There has been no significant change in future minimum lease payments payable since December 31, 2011. See Webster’s 2011 Form 10-K for information regarding these commitments.

Credit-Related Financial Instruments. The Company is a party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

The following table summarizes the following outstanding financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk at:

 

(In thousands)

   At March 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 449,371       $ 318,001   

Unfunded commitments under existing lines and loans

     3,291,482         3,390,816   

Standby letters of credit

     164,668         159,930   

Commercial letters of credit

     3,289         3,087   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk

   $ 3,908,810       $ 3,871,834   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The commitments for equity lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

The reserve for unfunded credit commitments is reported as a component of accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table provides activity details for the Company’s reserve for unfunded credit commitments for the periods presented:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  

(In thousands)

   2012     2011  

Beginning balance

   $ 5,449      $ 9,378   

Benefit

     (245     (285
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 5,204      $ 9,093   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve for Loan Repurchases. In connection with the sale of mortgage loans, the Company enters into agreements containing representations and warranties about certain characteristics of the mortgage loans sold and the Company’s origination process. The Company may be required to repurchase a loan in the event of certain breaches of these representations and warranties or in the event of default of the borrower within 90 days of origination. The reserve for loan repurchases provides for estimated losses associated with the repurchase of loans sold in connection with the Company’s mortgage banking operations. The reserve reflects management’s continual evaluation of loss experience and the quality of loan originations. It also reflects management’s expectation of losses from repurchase requests for which management has not yet been notified. Factors considered in the evaluation process for establishing the reserves include identity of counterparty, the vintage of the loans sold, the amount of open repurchase requests, specific loss estimates for each open request, current level of loan losses in similar vintages held in the residential loan portfolio, and estimated recoveries on the underlying collateral. While management uses its best judgment and information available, the adequacy of this reserve is dependent upon factors outside the Company’s control including the performance of loans sold and the quality of the servicing provided by the acquirer.

 

44


Table of Contents

The following table provides detail of activity in the Company’s reserve for loan repurchases for the periods presented:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  

(In thousands)

   2012     2011  

Beginning balance

   $ 2,269      $ 3,658   

Provision

     342        772   

Loans Repurchased

     (293     (175
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,318      $ 4,255   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision recorded at the time of loan sale is netted from mortgage banking activities, is included as a component of non-interest income. Incremental provision, post loan sale, is recorded in other non-interest expense.

Litigation Reserves. Webster is involved in routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business and is subject to loss contingencies related to such litigation and claims arising there-from. Webster evaluates these contingencies based on information currently available, including advice of counsel and assessment of available insurance coverage. Webster establishes accruals for litigation and claims when a loss contingency is considered probable and the related amount is reasonably estimable. Any accruals are periodically reviewed and may be adjusted as circumstances change. For certain matters, when able to do so, Webster also estimates loss contingencies for possible litigation and claims, whether or not there is an accrued probable loss. The estimates included in this range are based on analysis of currently available information and are subject to significant judgment and to change as new information becomes available.

There is no assurance that the Company’s litigation reserves will not need to be adjusted in future periods. Webster believes it has defenses to all the claims asserted against it in existing litigation matters and intends to defend itself in all matters. Based upon its current knowledge, after consultation with counsel and after taking into consideration its current litigation reserves, Webster believes that the legal actions and proceedings currently pending against it should not have a material adverse effect on Webster’s consolidated financial condition. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such actions and proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves currently accrued by Webster; as a result, the outcome of a particular matter may be material to the Company’s operating results for a particular period depending on, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and the level of the Company’s income for that period.

 

45


Table of Contents

I TEM  2. M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION A ND A NALYSIS O F F INANCIAL C ONDITION A ND R ESULTS O F O PERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, and Notes thereto, for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in its 2011 Form 10-K, and in conjunction with the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included in Item 1 of this report. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year ending December 31, 2012, or any future period.

Certain previously reported information has been corrected to reflect the deferment of certain commercial loan fees. For more information refer to Note 1 in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended March 31, 2012.

Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that Could Affect Future Results

Certain statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q that are not statements of historical fact constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”), notwithstanding that such statements are not specifically identified as such. In addition, certain statements may be contained in the Company’s future filings with the SEC, in press releases, and in oral and written statements made by or with the approval of the Company that are not statements of historical fact and constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Act. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) projections of revenues, expenses, income or loss, earnings or loss per share, the payment or non-payment of dividends, capital structure and other financial items; (ii) statements of plans, objectives and expectations of Webster or its management or Board of Directors, including those relating to products or services or the impact or expected outcome of various legal proceedings; (iii) statements of future economic performance; and (iv) statements of assumptions underlying such statements. Words such as “believes”, “anticipates”, “expects”, “intends”, “targeted”, “continue”, “remain”, “will”, “should”, “may” and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Local, regional, national and international economic conditions and the impact they may have on the Company and its customers and the Company’s assessment of that impact.

 

   

Volatility and disruption in national and international financial markets.

 

   

Government intervention in the U.S. financial system.

 

   

Changes in the level of non-performing assets and charge-offs.

 

   

Changes in estimates of future reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements.

 

   

Adverse conditions in the securities markets that lead to impairment in the value of securities in the Company’s investment portfolio.

 

   

Inflation, interest rate, securities market and monetary fluctuations.

 

   

The timely development and acceptance of new products and services and perceived overall value of these products and services by customers.

 

   

Changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits.

 

   

Technological changes.

 

   

The ability to increase market share and control expenses.

 

   

Impairment of the Company’s goodwill or other intangible assets.

 

   

Changes in the competitive environment among banks, financial holding companies and other financial service providers.

 

   

The effect of changes in laws and regulations (including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance) with which the Company and its subsidiaries must comply, including under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the Basel III update to the Basel Accords.

 

   

The effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters.

 

   

The costs and effects of legal and regulatory developments including the resolution of legal proceedings or regulatory or other governmental inquiries and the results of regulatory examinations or reviews.

 

   

The Company’s success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing items.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

46


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in its 2011 Form 10-K and in Note 1 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 1 of this report. The preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and to general practices within the financial services industry requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and to disclose contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Management has identified accounting for (i) the allowance for loan and lease losses, (ii) fair value measurements for valuation of financial instruments and valuation of investments for other-than-temporary impairment OTTI, (iii) valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets, (iv) deferred tax asset valuation allowance and (v) pension and other post retirement benefits as the Company’s most critical accounting policies and estimates in that they are important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results, and they require management’s subjective and complex judgment as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. These accounting policies, including the nature of the estimates and types of assumptions used, are described throughout this Item 2, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in its 2011 Form 10-K.

Recent Legislation

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Supervision and Regulation section in Webster’s 2011 Form 10-K.

It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact certain provisions the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on the Company, including any regulations promulgated by the CFPB. The financial reform legislation and any implementing rules that are ultimately issued could have adverse implications on the financial industry, the competitive environment, and our ability to conduct business. Management will have to apply resources to ensure compliance with all applicable provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and any implementing rules, which may increase our costs of operations and adversely impact our earnings.

Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will require Webster to deduct, over a three year period beginning on January 1, 2013, all trust preferred securities from Webster’s Tier 1 capital. Nonetheless, excluding trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital at March 31, 2012 would not affect Webster’s ability to meet all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Trust preferred securities will continue to be entitled to be treated as Tier 2 capital after they are phased out of Tier 1 capital.

The U.S. banking agencies have indicated informally that they expect to propose regulations implementing Basel III in early 2012. Given that the Basel III rules are subject to implementation and change and the scope and content of capital regulations that U.S. federal banking agencies may adopt under the Dodd-Frank Act is uncertain, we cannot be certain of the impact new capital regulations will have on our capital ratios. However, Webster believes it is already fully compliant with Basel III, including the conservation buffers.

R ESULTS O F O PERATIONS

Summary of Performance

Webster’s income from continuing operations was $38.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $32.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Net income available to common shareholders was $38.3 million, or $0.42 per diluted common share, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $33.7 million, or $0.36 per diluted common share, for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in net income from the comparable period is attributable to a reduction in provision for loan and lease losses and interest expense. The provision for loan and lease losses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was $4.0 million, a reduction of $6.0 million compared to $10.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Interest expense decreased $5.3 million as the cost of average liabilities declined from 0.91% for the three months ended March 31, 2011 to 0.73% for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This was partially offset by interest income which decreased $2.1 million, or 1.2%, to $174.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011 due to a lower interest rate environment.

Net interest income increased $3.2 million, or 2.3% to $143.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. Average total interest earning assets increased by $805.8 million, while the average yield declined by 27 basis points in 2012 compared to 2011 and average total interest-bearing liabilities increased by $761.1 million, while the average cost declined by 18 basis points in 2012 compared to 2011.

Non-interest income increased $0.1 million, or 0.2%, to $44.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Non-interest expense decreased $1.3 million, or 1.0%, to $127.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in non-interest expense is primarily due to decreases of $1.9 million in occupancy expenses and $1.4 million in marketing expenses offsetting an increase of $1.5 million in compensation and benefits.

 

47


Table of Contents

Selected financial highlights are presented in the following table:

 

     At or for the
three  months ended March 31,
 

(In thousands, except per share and ratio data)

   2012     2011  

Earnings

    

Net interest income

   $ 143,368      $ 140,161   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     4,000        10,000   

Total non-interest income

     43,986        43,916   

Total non-interest expense

     127,813        129,125   

Income from continuing operations

     38,938        32,584   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          1,995   

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          (1

Net income attributable to Webster Financial Corporation

     38,938        34,580   

Net income available to common shareholders

     38,323        33,749   

Per Share Data

    

Net income from continuing operations per common share - diluted (a)

   $ 0.42      $ 0.34   

Net income available to common shareholders - diluted (a)

     0.42        0.36   

Dividends declared per common share

     0.05        0.01   

Book value per common share

     21.24        20.37   

Tangible book value per common share

     15.10        14.17   

Weighted-average common shares - diluted

     91,782        92,544   

Dividends declared per Series A preferred share

   $ 21.25      $ 21.25   

Dividends declared per subsidiary preferred share

     —          0.2156   

Selected Ratios

    

Return on average assets (b)

     0.81     0.75

Return on average shareholders’ equity (b)

     8.17        7.51   

Net interest margin

     3.36        3.46   

Efficiency ratio

     65.63        67.49   

Tangible equity ratio

     7.29        7.28   

Tier 1 common equity to risk weighted assets

     10.96        10.48   

 

(a) For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, the effect of preferred stock on the computation of diluted earnings per share was anti-dilutive; therefore, the effect of this security was not included in the determination of diluted average shares.

 

(b) Annualized

The Company evaluates its business based on certain ratios that utilize tangible equity, a non-GAAP financial measure.

The efficiency ratio, which measures the costs expended to generate a dollar of revenue, is calculated excluding foreclosed property expense, amortization of intangibles, gain or loss on securities and other non-recurring items. Accordingly, this is also a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company believes the use of these non-GAAP financial measures provides additional clarity in assessing the results of the Company. Other companies may define or calculate supplemental financial data differently.

 

48


Table of Contents

See the table below for reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures with financial measures defined by GAAP for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.

 

     For the period ended March 31,  
Efficiency ratio    2012     2011  

Non interest expense (GAAP)

   $     127,813      $     129,125   

Less: Foreclosed property (income) expense

     (197     569   

Intangible assets amortization

     1,397        1,397   

Debt prepayment penalties

     1,134        —     

Branch optimization

     81        273   

Litigation

     —          292   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non interest expense (Non GAAP)

     125,398        126,594   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (before provision) (GAAP)

     143,368        140,161   

FTE adjustment

     3,718        3,865   

Non interest income (GAAP)

     43,986        43,916   

Less: Net gain on securities

     —          377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non interest income (Non GAAP)

   $ 191,072      $ 187,565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio (Non GAAP)

     65.63     67.49
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     For the period ended March 31,  
Tangible equity ratio:    2012     2011  

Shareholders equity (GAAP)

   $ 1,894,942      $ 1,820,727   

Less: Non controlling interests (GAAP)

     —          9,577   

Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets (GAAP)

     544,180        549,767   

Add back: DTL related to other intangible assets (GAAP)

     5,119        6,958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible equity (Non GAAP)

     1,355,881        1,268,341   

Total Assets

     19,134,142        17,961,020   

Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets (GAAP)

     544,180        549,767   

Add back: DTL related to other intangible assets (GAAP)

     5,119        6,958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets (Non GAAP)

   $ 18,595,081      $ 17,418,211   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible equity ratio (Non GAAP)

     7.29     7.28
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     For the period ended March 31,  
Tangible book value per common share:    2012      2011  

Common shareholders equity (GAAP)

   $     1,894,942       $     1,820,727   

Less: Non controlling interests (GAAP)

     —           9,577   

Less: Preferred shares (GAAP)

     28,939         28,939   

Less: Goodwill and Other intangible assets (GAAP)

     544,180         549,767   

Add back: DTL related to other intangibles (GAAP)

     5,119         6,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible common equity (Non - GAAP)

   $ 1,326,942       $ 1,239,402   

Common shares issued and outstanding

     87,849         87,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible book value per common share (Non GAAP)

   $ 15.10       $ 14.17    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     For the period ended March 31,  
Tier 1 common equity/ risk weighted assets:    2012     2011  

Shareholders equity (GAAP)

   $   1,894,942      $   1,820,727   

Qualified non controlling interests

     —          (9,577

Other comprehensive income

     46,445        5,979   

Non-qualifying Goodwill and other intangible assets (regulatory)

     (531,752     (549,767

Non qualifying deferred tax assets

     —          (23,092

Preferred equity

     (28,939     (28,939
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity (regulatory)

   $ 1,380,696      $ 1,215,331   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets (regulatory)

   $ 12,597,284      $ 11,593,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity/ risk weighted assets: (Non GAAP)

     10.96     10.48
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Average balance sheet (average balances are daily averages) and net interest margin:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Average
Balance
     Interest (a)     Average
Yields
    Average
Balance
     Interest (a)     Average
Yields
 

Assets

              

Interest-earning assets:

              

Loans

   $ 11,275,333       $ 120,741        4.27   $ 11,059,479       $ 121,943        4.42

Securities (b)

     5,961,336         55,680        3.76        5,402,046         56,844        4.23   

Federal Home Loan and Federal Reserve Bank stock

     143,551         876        2.45        143,874         831        2.34   

Interest-bearing deposits

     77,435         30        0.15        61,308         34        0.22   

Loans held for sale

     51,705         498        3.85        36,891         422        4.57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     17,509,360         177,825        4.06     16,703,598         180,074        4.33
     1,394,077             1,335,610        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 18,903,437           $ 18,039,208        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Liabilities and equity

              

Interest-bearing liabilities:

              

Demand deposits

   $ 2,435,197           $ 2,161,761        

Savings, checking & money market deposits

     8,628,048       $ 5,794        0.27     8,642,941       $ 10,583        0.50

Time deposits

     2,810,203         10,262        1.47        3,110,684         12,186        1.59   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     13,873,448         16,056        0.47        13,915,386         22,769        0.66   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

     1,166,550         4,434        1.50        994,718         3,562        1.43   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     1,260,217         4,564        1.43        554,562         3,355        2.42   

Long-term debt

     507,116         5,685        4.48        581,578         6,362        4.38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     2,933,883         14,683        1.99        2,130,858         13,279        2.49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     16,807,331         30,739        0.73     16,046,244         36,048        0.91

Noninterest-bearing liabilities

     219,332             196,361        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     17,026,663             16,242,605        

Equity

     1,876,774             1,796,603        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 18,903,437           $ 18,039,208        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Fully tax-equivalent net interest income

        147,086             144,026     

Less: tax equivalent adjustments

        (3,718          (3,865  
     

 

 

        

 

 

   

Net interest income

      $ 143,368           $ 140,161     
     

 

 

        

 

 

   

Interest-rate spread

          3.33          3.42

Net interest margin (b)

          3.36          3.46

 

(a) On a fully tax-equivalent basis.
(b) For purposes of this computation, net unrealized gains on available for sale securities of $35.7 million and $32.6 million as of March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are excluded from the average balance for rate calculations.

 

50


Table of Contents

The following table describes the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have impacted interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to the impact attributable to changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior rate), changes attributable to rates (change in rates multiplied by prior volume) and the total net change. The change attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate has been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate. The table below is based upon reported net interest income.

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2012 vs. 2011  
     Increase (decrease) due to  

(In thousands)

   Rate     Volume     Total  

Interest on interest-earning assets:

      

Loans

   $ (3,792   $ 2,590      $ (1,202

Loans held for sale

     (74     150        76   

Investment securities

     (6,240     5,264        (976
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

   $ (10,106   $ 8,004      $ (2,102
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest on interest-bearing liabilities:

      

Deposits

   $ (6,643   $ (70   $ (6,713

Borrowings

     (2,987     4,391        1,404   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     (9,630     4,321        (5,309
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in net interest income

   $ (476   $ 3,683      $ 3,207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

Net interest income totaled $143.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to $140.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, an increase of $3.2 million. Average interest-earning assets grew by 4.8% to $17.5 billion from $16.7 billion, while average interest-bearing liabilities grew by 4.7% to $16.8 billion from $16.0 billion. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the yield on average interest-earning assets declined by 27 basis points, while the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities declined 18 basis points when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. As a result of the greater decline in the cost of interest-earning assets than the decline in yield on interest bearing liabilities, the net interest margin declined by 10 basis points to 3.36% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, from 3.46% for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Since net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates, loan and deposit pricing strategies, competitive conditions, the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as well as the level of non-performing assets, Webster manages the risk of changes in interest rates on its net interest income through an Asset/Liability Management Committee and through related interest rate risk monitoring and management policies. See the “Asset/Liability Management and Market Risk” section for further discussion of Webster’s interest rate risk position.

Interest Income

Interest income decreased $2.1 million, or 1.2%, to $174.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in the average yield of 27 basis points was due to a lower interest rate environment and was partially offset by an increase in average interest earning assets of $805.8 million. The average loan portfolio, excluding loans held for sale, increased by $215.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. Average securities increased by $559.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011.

The 27 basis point decrease in the average yield earned on interest-earning assets for the three months ended March 31, 2012 to 4.06% compared to 4.33% for the three months ended March 31, 2011 is a result of a lower rate environment, the repayment of higher yielding loans, the origination of lower yielding loans, and the purchase of lower yielding securities. The loan portfolio yield decreased 15 basis points to 4.27% for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and comprised 64.4% of average interest-earning assets at March 31, 2012, compared to the loan portfolio yield of 4.42%, which comprised 66.2% of average interest-earning assets, for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Additionally, the yield on investment securities decreased 47 basis points to 3.76% for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and comprised 34.0% of average interest-earning assets at March 31, 2012, compared to the yield on investment securities of 4.23% three months ended March 31, 2011 and 32.3% of average interest-earning assets at March 31, 2011. All other interest-earning assets comprised 1.6% and 1.5% at March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 decreased $5.3 million, or 14.7%, to $30.7 million as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities was 0.73% for the three months ended March 31, 2012 a decrease of 18 basis points compared to 0.91% for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to declines in the cost of deposits to 0.47% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, from 0.66% for the three months ended March 31, 2011, and a 50 basis point decrease in the cost of borrowings to 1.99% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, from 2.49% for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

 

51


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

The provision for loan and lease losses was $4.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a decrease of $6.0 million compared to $10.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in the provision is generally due to management’s evaluation of the level of inherent losses in Webster’s existing loan portfolio. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, total net charge-offs were $27.2 million compared to $33.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Management performs a quarterly review of the loan portfolio to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Several factors influence the amount of the provision, including loan growth, portfolio composition, credit performance changes in the levels of non-performing loans, net charge-offs and the general economic environment. At March 31, 2012, the allowance for loan and lease losses totaled $210.3 million or 1.86% of total loans and leases compared to $233.5 million or 2.08% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2011. See the “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Methodology” section for further details.

Non-Interest Income

Total non-interest income was $44.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, which is relatively flat as compared to $43.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

The following summarizes the major categories of non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
    Increase (decrease)  

(In thousands)

   2012      2011     Amount     Percent  

Non-Interest Income:

         

Deposit service fees

   $ 23,363       $ 25,340      $ (1,977     (7.8 )% 

Loan related fees

     4,869         4,443        426        9.6   

Wealth and investment services

     7,221         6,722        499        7.4   

Mortgage banking activities

     4,383         1,253        3,130        249.8   

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies

     2,517         2,533        (16     (0.6

Net loss on trading securities

     —           (1,799     1,799        100.0   

Net gain on sale of investment securities

     —           2,176        (2,176     (100.0

Other income

     1,633         3,248        (1,615     (49.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total non-interest income

   $ 43,986       $ 43,916      $ 70        0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Deposit Service Fees . Deposit service fees were $23.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a decrease of $2.0 million from the comparable 2011 period, primarily due to the Durbin amendment’s reduction of debit card interchange rates that went into effect during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Wealth and Investment Services . Wealth and investment services income was $7.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, an increase of $0.5 million from the comparable 2011 period due to an increase in equity markets as well as new business originated by Webster Financial Advisors and Webster Investment Services.

Mortgage Banking Activities . Net revenue from mortgage banking activities was $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, an increase of $3.1 million from the comparable 2011 period due to an increase in the volume of mortgage loans sold combined with favorable pricing in the secondary markets.

Net Gain on Sale of Investment Securities . There was no net gain/loss on the sale of investment securities for the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to net gain of $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The net gain for the three months ended March 31, 2011 was due to the sale of GSE mortgage-backed securities, equity securities and one trust preferred security.

Other . Other non-interest income was $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to $3.2 million from the comparable 2011 period. The decrease of $1.6 million is primarily due to a net impairment loss of $0.8 million on the Company’s investments in private equity funds during the three months ended March 31, 2012, as compared to a net gain of $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

 

52


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Expense

Total non-interest expense was $127.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a decrease of $1.3 million from the comparable period in 2011, which is reflective of the Company’s continued focus on expense control.

The following summarizes the major categories of non-interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
     Increase (decrease)  

(In thousands)

   2012      2011      Amount     Percent  

Non-Interest Expense:

          

Compensation and benefits

   $ 68,619       $ 67,071       $ 1,548        2.3

Occupancy

     12,882         14,735         (1,853     (12.6

Technology and equipment expense

     15,582         15,392         190        1.2   

Intangible assets amortization

     1,397         1,397         —          —     

Marketing

     4,100         5,520         (1,420     (25.7

Professional and outside services

     2,692         2,430         262        10.8   

Deposit insurance

     5,709         5,781         (72     (1.2

Litigation

     —           292         (292     (100.0

Other expenses

     16,832         16,507         325        2.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total non-interest expense

   $ 127,813       $ 129,125       $ (1,312     (1.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Compensation and Benefits . Compensation and benefits was $68.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, an increase of $1.5 million from the comparable 2011 period. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in incentive compensation as a result of better performance against incentive targets, in addition to an increase in pension expense due to the plan being underfunded at March 31, 2012, partially offset by a decrease in group insurance due to a decrease in claim volume.

Occupancy . Occupancy expense was $12.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a decrease of $1.9 million from the comparable 2011 period. The decrease is primarily due to the net reduction of 13 branches since the beginning of 2011.

Marketing . Marketing expense was $4.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a decrease of $1.4 million from the comparable 2011 period. The decrease is reflective of the timing of marketing campaigns between the comparable periods.

Other Expenses . Other non-interest expense was $16.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to $16.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, a decrease of $0.3 million primarily attributable to a decrease in loan workout expenses and an increase in gain on sale of foreclosed and repossessed assets, offset by $1.1 million in expense related to the Subordinated Notes Tender Offer.

Income Taxes

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, Webster recognized income tax expense of $16.6 million applicable to the $55.5 million of pre-tax income from continuing operations. In the comparable 2011 period, Webster recognized income tax expense of $12.4 million applicable to the $45.0 million of pre-tax income from continuing operations.

The $16.6 million of tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and the effective tax rate of 29.9% reflect (i) the application of an estimated annual effective tax rate of 30.75% for the full year 2012 to the pre-tax income for the three months ended March 31, 2012; and (ii) the recognition of a $0.7 million state tax benefit ($0.5 million, net of U.S. effects) related to a net decrease in unrecognized tax benefits applicable to uncertain tax positions taken during prior years.

In the comparable 2011 period, the $12.4 million of tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2011, and the effective tax rate of 27.5% reflect (i) the application of an estimated annual effective tax rate of 29.0% for the full year 2011 to the pre-tax income for the three months ended March 31, 2011; and (ii) the recognition of state tax benefits of $1.0 million (or $0.7 million, net), specific to the period.

The increase in the estimated annual effective tax rate from 29.0% in 2011 to 30.75% in 2012 is primarily due to the increase in estimated pre-tax income and the reduced benefit of tax-exempt income, relative to pre-tax income, relating to the estimated increase in pre-tax income.

For more information on Webster’s income taxes, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in the Company’s 2011 Form 10-K.

 

53


Table of Contents

Business Segment Results

Webster’s operations are divided into four business segments that represent its core businesses – Commercial Banking, Retail Banking, Consumer Finance and Other. Other includes Health Savings Accounts HSA Bank and Private Banking. These segments reflect how executive management responsibilities are assigned by the chief executive officer for each of the core businesses, the products and services provided, and the type of customer served, and they reflect the way that financial information is currently evaluated by management. The Company’s Treasury unit is included in the Corporate and Reconciling category along with the results of discontinued operations, the Consumer Liquidating portfolio and the amounts required to reconcile profitability metrics to GAAP reported amounts. As of January 1, 2012 the Company changed the allocation of FDIC insurance expense to conform to the change in the FDIC insurance assessment system from one that is based on domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity which took effect in 2011. The 2011 business segment results have been adjusted for comparability to the 2012 segment presentation.

Webster’s business segments results are intended to reflect each segment as if it were a stand-alone business. The following tables present the results for Webster’s business segments for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 and incorporate the allocation of the provision for loan and lease losses and income tax expense to each of Webster’s business segments for the periods then ended:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands)

   2012      2011  

Net income:

     

Commercial Banking

   $ 18,859       $ 13,157   

Retail Banking

     6,015         5,178   

Consumer Finance

     9,013         2,097   

Other

     2,502         1,245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Business Segments

     36,389         21,677   

Corporate and Reconciling

     2,549         12,903   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Webster Financial Corporation

   $ 38,938       $ 34,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Webster uses an internal profitability reporting system to generate information by operating segment, which is based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer pricing, the provision for loan and lease losses, non-interest expense, income taxes and equity capital. These estimates and allocations, certain of which are subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Changes in estimates and allocations that affect the reported results of any operating segment do not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of Webster as a whole.

The Company uses a matched maturity funding concept, also known as coterminous funds transfer pricing (“FTP”), to allocate interest income and interest expense to each business while also transferring the primary interest rate risk exposures to the Corporate and Reconciling category. The allocation process considers the specific interest rate risk and liquidity risk of financial instruments and other assets and liabilities in each line of business. The “matched maturity funding concept” considers the origination date and the earlier of the maturity date or the repricing date of a financial instrument to assign an FTP rate for loans and deposits originated each day. Loans are assigned an FTP rate for funds “used” and deposits are assigned an FTP rate for funds “provided.” From a governance perspective, this process is executed by the Company’s Financial Planning and Analysis division, and the process is overseen by the Company’s Asset-Liability Committee.

Webster attributes the provision for loan and lease losses to each segment based on management’s estimate of the inherent loss content in each of the specific loan portfolios. Provision expense, for certain elements of risk that are not deemed specifically attributable to a business segment, such as environmental factors and provision for the consumer liquidating portfolio, are shown as other reconciling. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, 52.0% of the provision expense is specifically attributable to business segments and reported accordingly. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, 107.1% of the provision expense is specifically attributable to business segments and reported accordingly.

Webster allocates a majority of non-interest expense to each business segment using a full-absorption costing process. Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate business segment and corporate overhead costs are allocated to the business segments. Income tax expense is allocated to each business segment based on the effective income tax rate for the period shown.

The full profitability measurement reports which are prepared for each operating segment reflect non-GAAP reporting methodologies. The differences between these report based measures are reconciled to GAAP values in the Corporate and Reconciling category.

 

54


Table of Contents

Commercial Banking

The Commercial Banking segment includes middle market, asset-based lending, commercial real estate, equipment finance, and government and institutional banking. Webster’s Commercial Banking group takes a direct relationship approach to providing lending, deposit and cash management services to middle market companies in its franchise territory. Additionally, it serves as a primary referral source to Private Banking and Retail Banking.

Commercial Banking Results:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands)

   2012     2011  

Net interest income

   $ 43,908      $      39,642   

(Benefit) provision for loan and lease losses

     (910     1,875   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision

     44,818        37,767   

Non-interest income

     6,893        6,026   

Non-interest expense

     24,811        25,642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     26,900        18,151   

Income tax expense

     8,041        4,994   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $    18,859      $ 13,157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Total assets at period end

   $ 4,425,694       $ 4,359,405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans at period end

     4,344,979         4,289,354   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits at period end

     2,206,791         2,396,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income increased $4.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. The increase is primarily due to wider loan spreads reflecting continuing high levels of interest rate floors, lower cost of funds, greater loan volumes and an increase in non-interest bearing deposit balances. The provision for loan and lease losses decreased $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. Webster continues to provide for losses within the lending portfolios although the provision is significantly below portfolio charge-offs. The change in provision is primarily due to management’s evaluation of the level of inherent losses in this segment’s existing book of business and management’s belief in the adequacy of the overall reserve levels. Non-interest income increased $0.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011, due to increased revenues from interest rate management services. Non-interest expense decreased $0.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2012 from comparable period in 2011, as a result of lower loan workout, foreclosure and repossessed asset expenses net of write-downs on foreclosed properties. Loans increased $55.6 million from December 31, 2011 primarily due to new originations. Total deposits decreased $190.2 million for the period ended March 31, 2012, compared to December 31, 2011 reflecting lower government and institutional banking deposit balances.

Retail Banking

Retail Banking serves consumers and small businesses primarily throughout southern New England and into Westchester County, New York, with a distribution network of 168 banking offices and 466 ATMs, and a full range of internet and mobile banking services. Retail Banking includes Webster’s branch network, Consumer deposits, Business and Professional Banking (“BPB), Webster Investment Services (“WIS”) and the Customer Care Center.

BPB offers credit and deposit-related products targeted to small businesses and professional service firms with annual revenues up to $10 million. This unit works to build full customer relationships through business bankers based in our branches.

WIS offers investment and securities-related services, including brokerage and investment advice through a strategic partnership with LPL Financial (“LPL”). Webster has employees who are LPL registered representatives, located throughout its branch network, offering customers an array of insurance and investment products including stocks and bonds, mutual funds, annuities and managed accounts. Brokerage and online investing services are available for customers. At March 31, 2012, Webster had $2.2 billion of assets under administration in its strategic partnership with LPL compared to $2.0 billion at December 31, 2011. These assets are not included in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. LPL, a provider of investment and insurance programs in financial institutions’ branches, is a broker dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, a registered investment advisor under federal and applicable state laws, a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”).

 

55


Table of Contents

Retail Banking Results:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands)

   2012      2011  

Net interest income

   $         56,725       $        54,300   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     1,564         1,209   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision

     55,161         53,091   

Non-interest income

     21,937         24,749   

Non-interest expense

     68,518         70,697   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     8,580         7,143   

Income tax expense

     2,565         1,965   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 6,015       $ 5,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Total assets at period end

   $ 1,552,694       $ 1,546,457   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans at period end

     901,237         886,481   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits at period end

     10,171,957         10,009,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income increased $2.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. The increase is a result of improved deposit mix of higher percentage non-interest bearing deposits and reduced deposit costs. The provision for loan and lease losses increased $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. Webster continues to provide for losses within the lending portfolios although the provision is significantly below portfolio charge-offs. The change in provision is primarily due to management’s evaluation of the level of inherent losses in this segment’s existing book of business and management’s belief in the adequacy of the overall reserve levels. Non-interest income decreased $2.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. The decrease is attributable to a decline in debit card revenues associated with the Durbin amendment’s cap on interchange fees implemented during the fourth quarter of 2011. Non-interest expense decreased $2.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. The decrease is primarily attributable to the net reduction of 13 branches since the beginning of 2011. Total loans increased $14.8 million for the period ended March 31, 2012, compared to December 31, 2011. The increase reflects growth in loan originations from the business banking staff additions. Total deposits increased $162.3 million for the period ended March 31, 2012 from December 31, 2011 primarily due to the growth in consumer and business core transaction balances.

Consumer Finance

Consumer Finance offers lending solutions for consumers primarily in southern New England and Westchester County, New York. Products include: residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, unsecured personal loans as well as credit card options.

Consumer Finance Results:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands)

   2012      2011  

Net interest income

   $     27,023       $      27,248   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     1,505         7,908   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision

     25,518         19,340   

Non-interest income

     5,722         2,041   

Non-interest expense

     18,384         18,490   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     12,856         2,891   

Income tax expense

     3,843         795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before non-controlling interest

     9,013         2,096   

Non-controlling interest

     —           (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 9,013       $ 2,097   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Total assets at period end

   $ 5,871,817       $ 5,869,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans at period end

     5,746,226         5,727,829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits at period end

     27,822         37,115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income improved by $6.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. During this period, net interest income decreased $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. The decrease in net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 is directly related to a slight decrease in loan spreads

 

56


Table of Contents

against a similar level of average earnings assets compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. The provision for loan and lease losses decreased $6.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. Webster continues to provide for losses within the lending portfolios although the provision is significantly below portfolio charge-offs. The change in provision is primarily due to management’s evaluation of the level of inherent losses in this segment’s existing book of business and management’s belief in the adequacy of the overall reserve levels. Non-interest income increased $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. The increase in non-interest income is related to strong originations growth and corresponding significantly higher gains and loan fee income tied to mortgage banking activity from the comparable period in 2011. Non-interest expense decreased $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. Total loans increased $18.4 million for the period ended March 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, primarily due to a higher level of portfolio loan originations.

Other

Other includes Health Savings Account (HSA) Bank and Private Banking.

HSA Bank is a bank custodian of health savings accounts. These accounts are required for high deductible health plans offered by employers or directly to consumers.

Private Banking provides local full relationship banking that serves high net worth clients, not-for-profit organizations and business clients for asset management, trust, loan and deposit products and financial planning services.

Other Results:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands)

   2012     2011  

Net interest income

   $ 7,919      $ 5,646   

(Benefit) provision for loan and lease losses

     (78     (279
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision

     7,997        5,925   

Non-interest income

     7,134        5,862   

Non-interest expense

         11,562        10,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     3,569        1,718   

Income tax expense

     1,067        473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 2,502      $        1,245   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Total assets at period end

   $ 252,998       $ 245,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans at period end

     231,272         223,787   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits at period end

     1,299,469         1,139,923   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income increased $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. Of this amount, deposit growth, account growth and pricing initiatives in HSA resulted in an increase of $2.0 million, while higher loan and deposit balances in Private Banking resulted in growth of $0.3 million. Non-interest income increased $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. The increase in non-interest income is primarily due to increases in HSA deposit service fees and, to a lesser extent, fees from increased Private Banking investment accounts and balances. Non-interest expense increased $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from the comparable period in 2011. The increase in non-interest expense is primarily a result of higher compensation, as a result of doubling the ranks of private bankers, and processing costs primarily due to growth in deposits. Total deposits increased $217.8 million for the period ended March 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, as a result of growth in both HSA and Private Banking. At March 31, 2012 there were approximately $2.0 billion of client assets under management and administration compared to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

57


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of reportable segments’ net income to consolidated net income for the periods presented:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands)

   2012     2011  

Net income from business segments before income taxes

   $ 51,905      $ 29,903   

Adjustments:

    

Corporate Treasury unit

     (8,404     2,467   

Allocation of (benefit) provision for loan and lease losses

     (1,919     713   

Allocation of net interest income

     16,731        14,808   

Allocation of non-interest income

     77        815   

Allocation of non-interest expense

     (2,849     (3,754
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     3,636        15,049   

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     55,541        44,952   

Income tax expense

     16,603        12,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     38,938        32,584   

Income from discontinued operations, net

     —          1,995   

Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

     —          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Webster Financial Corporation

   $ 38,938      $ 34,580   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

Financial Condition

Webster had total assets of $19.1 billion at March 31, 2012 and $18.7 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $0.4 billion or approximately 2%.

Total loans and leases, net, of $11.1 billion, with allowance for loan and lease losses of $0.2 billion at March 31, 2012 increased $109.9 million when compared to total loans and leases, net of $11.0 billion, with allowance for loan and lease losses of $0.2 billion at December 31, 2011. Total deposits of $13.9 billion at March 31, 2012 increased $288.5 million when compared to total deposits of $13.7 billion at December 31, 2011. Non-interest-bearing deposits increased 0.7% and interest-bearing deposits increased 2.4% during the period. As a result, Webster’s loan-to-deposit ratio was 81.1% at March 31, 2012, compared to 82.2% at December 31, 2011 and 75.9% at March 31, 2011.

At March 31, 2012, total equity of $1.9 billion was relatively flat when compared to December 31, 2011. Changes in equity for the three months ended March 31, 2012 consisted of increases for net income of $38.9 million and $13.8 million of other comprehensive income primarily related to net unrealized gains on securities available for sale, and decreases for $4.4 million of dividends to common shareholders and $0.6 million of dividends to preferred shareholders. The quarterly cash dividend to common shareholders increased to $0.05 per common share on April 26, 2011 from $0.01 per common share previously. At March 31, 2012, the tangible equity ratio was 7.29% compared to 7.18% at December 31, 2011. See Note 9-Regulatory Matters in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for information on Webster’s regulatory capital levels and ratios.

Investment Securities Portfolio

Webster Bank may acquire, hold and transact various types of investment securities in accordance with applicable federal regulations and within the guidelines of its internal investment policy. The type of investments that it may invest in include: interest-bearing deposits of federally insured banks, federal funds, U.S. government treasury and agency securities, including mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), private issue MBSs and CMOs, commercial mortgage backed securities (“CMBS”), municipal securities, corporate debt, commercial paper, banker’s acceptances, trust preferred securities, mutual funds and equity securities subject to restrictions applicable to federally charted institutions.

Webster, either directly or through Webster Bank, maintains through the Corporate Treasury Unit, an investment securities portfolio that is primarily structured to provide a source of liquidity for operating needs, to generate interest income and to provide a means to balance interest-rate sensitivity. The investment portfolio is classified into two major categories: available for sale and held-to-maturity. At March 31, 2012, Webster Bank’s portfolio consisted primarily of agency CMOs, MBS and municipal securities in held-to-maturity and agency CMOs, MBS and CMBS in available for sale. The investment securities portfolios of Webster and Webster Bank combined totaled $6.2 billion at March 31, 2012 compared to $5.8 billion at December 31, 2011. On a tax-equivalent basis, the yield in the securities portfolio for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 was 3.76% and 4.23%, respectively.

The securities portfolios are managed in accordance with regulatory guidelines and established internal corporate investment policies. These policies and guidelines include limitations on aspects such as investment grade, concentrations and investment type to help manage risk associated with investing in securities. While there may be no statutory limit on certain categories of investments, the OCC may establish an individual limit on such investments, if the concentration in such investments presents a safety and soundness concern. In anticipation of pending legislation, as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company has ceased use of the trading securities in its securities portfolio.

Total carrying value of available for sale and held-to-maturity investment securities at March 31, 2012 was $376.0 million more than at December 31, 2011. The available for sale securities portfolio increased by $270.1 million, primarily due to new purchases of agency MBS, CMBS and Corporate Debt, while the held-to-maturity portfolio increased by $105.9 million, primarily due to the purchases of longer duration agency MBS.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Federal Reserve maintained the Fed Funds rate flat, at or below 0.25%, in response to the economic environment. Credit spreads generally tightened as the prospects for economic recovery improved. As a result, yields rose on U.S. Treasury securities and other benchmark interest rates. Overall, these developments were generally positive for the portfolio.

 

59


Table of Contents

A summary of the amortized cost, carrying value, and fair value of Webster’s investment securities, is presented below:

 

     At March 31, 2012  
            Recognized in OCI            Not Recognized in OCI        
     Amortized
cost (a)(b)
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
    Carrying value      Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
    Fair value  

(Dollars in thousands)

                  

Available for sale:

                  

U.S. Treasury Bills

   $ 200       $ —         $ —        $ 200       $ —         $ —        $ 200   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) - GSE

     1,779,221         29,443         (1,326     1,807,338         —           —          1,807,338   

Corporate debt

     112,994         1,838         (575     114,257         —           —          114,257   

Pooled trust preferred securities  (a)

     52,297         —           (22,482     29,815         —           —          29,815   

Single issuer trust preferred securities

     51,067         —           (10,023     41,044         —           —          41,044   

Equity securities-financial institutions  (b)

     6,995         2,043         (22     9,016         —           —          9,016   

Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) - GSE

     757,228         24,897         (1,113     781,012         —           —          781,012   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)

     341,464         28,786         (8,065     362,185         —           —          362,185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale

   $ 3,101,466       $ 87,007       $ (43,606   $ 3,144,867       $ —         $ —        $ 3,144,867   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

                  

Municipal bonds and notes

   $ 643,694       $ —         $ —        $ 643,694       $ 33,527       $ (142   $ 677,079   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) - GSE

     683,551         —           —          683,551         22,401         —          705,952   

Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) - GSE

     1,572,801         —           —          1,572,801         93,546         (3,488     1,662,859   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)

     158,232         —           —          158,232         8,628         —          166,860   

Private Label MBS

     21,376         —           —          21,376         458         —          21,834   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 3,079,654       $ —         $ —        $ 3,079,654       $ 158,560       $ (3,630   $ 3,234,584   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 6,181,120       $ 87,007       $ (43,606   $ 6,224,521       $ 158,560       $ (3,630   $ 6,379,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Amortized cost is net of $10.5 million of credit related other-than-temporary impairments at March 31, 2012.
(b) Amortized cost is net of $21.6 million of other-than-temporary impairments at March 31, 2012.

 

     At December 31, 2011  
            Recognized in OCI            Not Recognized in OCI        
     Amortized
cost (a)(b)
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
    Carrying value      Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
    Fair value  

(Dollars in thousands)

                  

Available for sale:

                  

U.S. Treasury Bills

   $ 200       $ —         $ —        $ 200       $ —         $ —        $ 200   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) - GSE

     1,916,372         27,211         (3,341     1,940,242         —           —          1,940,242   

Pooled trust preferred securities  (a)

     52,606         —           (23,608     28,998         —           —          28,998   

Single issuer trust preferred securities

     51,027         —           (12,813     38,214         —           —          38,214   

Equity securities-financial institutions  (b)

     7,669         1,802         (24     9,447         —           —          9,447   

Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) - GSE

     502,389         25,079         (158     527,310         —           —          527,310   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)

     319,200         22,395         (11,242     330,353         —           —          330,353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale

   $ 2,849,463       $ 76,487       $ (51,186   $ 2,874,764       $ —         $ —        $ 2,874,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

                  

Municipal bonds and notes

   $ 646,358       $ —         $ —        $ 646,358       $ 30,960       $ (174   $ 677,144   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) - GSE

     733,889         —           —          733,889         20,555         —          754,444   

Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) - GSE

     1,411,008         —           —          1,411,008         98,449         —          1,509,457   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)

     158,451         —           —          158,451         6,588         —          165,039   

Private Label MBS

     24,021         —           —          24,021         441         —          24,462   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 2,973,727       $ —         $ —        $ 2,973,727       $ 156,993       $ (174   $ 3,130,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 5,823,190       $ 76,487       $ (51,186   $ 5,848,491       $ 156,993       $ (174   $ 6,005,310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Amortized cost is net of $10.5 million of credit related other-than-temporary impairments at December 31, 2011.
(b) Amortized cost is net of $21.6 million of other-than-temporary impairments at December 31, 2011.

 

60


Table of Contents

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company recorded no write-downs for other-than-temporary impairments of its available for sale securities. The Company held $791.3 million in investment securities that are in an unrealized loss position at March 31, 2012. Approximately $715.0 million of this total had been in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve months while the remainder, $76.3 million, had been in an unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer. The total unrealized loss was $47.2 million at March 31, 2012. These investment securities were evaluated by management and were determined not to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The Company does not have the intent to sell these investment securities, and it is more-likely-than-not that it will not have to sell the security before the recovery of its cost basis. To the extent that changes in interest rates, credit movements and other factors that influence the fair value of investments continue, the Company may be required to record additional impairment charges for other-than-temporary impairment in future periods. At March 31, 2012, available for sale investment securities valued at $2.9 million had deferred the payment of interest; therefore, the securities were placed into a non-accruing status. For additional information on the investment securities portfolio, see Note 2-Investment Securities in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Webster Bank has the ability to use the investment portfolio, as well as interest-rate financial instruments within internal policy guidelines, to hedge and manage interest-rate risk as part of its asset/liability strategy. See Note 11-Derivative Financial Instruments in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning derivative financial instruments.

Loan and Lease Portfolio

The table below provides the Company’s loan and lease portfolio composition for the following periods:

 

     At March 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount     %      Amount     %  

Residential:

         

1-4 family

   $ 3,210,885        28.3       $ 3,163,465        28.2   

Permanent NCLC

     20,861        0.2         21,265        0.2   

Construction

     32,527        0.3         29,083        0.3   

Liquidating construction

     1        0.0         1        0.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total residential

     3,264,274        28.8         3,213,814        28.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer:

         

Home equity loans

     2,529,369        22.4         2,554,879        22.8   

Liquidating portfolio

     141,478        1.2         147,553        1.3   

Other consumer

     37,147        0.3         37,506        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     2,707,994        23.9         2,739,938        24.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial:

         

Commercial non-mortgage

     1,979,869        17.5         1,939,629        17.3   

Asset-based loans

     471,218        4.2         454,078        4.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

     2,451,087        21.7         2,393,707        21.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

         

Commercial real estate

     2,282,456        20.2         2,274,110        20.3   

Commercial construction

     109,102        1.0         73,769        0.6   

Residential development

     36,580        0.3         39,765        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     2,428,138        21.5         2,387,644        21.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equipment financing loans and leases

     441,840        3.9         469,679        4.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unamortized premiums

     7,566        0.1         8,132        0.1   

Net deferred costs

     11,251        0.1         12,490        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     11,312,150        100.0         11,225,404        100.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: allowance for loan and lease losses

     (210,288        (233,487  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

   $ 11,101,862         $ 10,991,917     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total residential Loans were $3.3 billion at March 31, 2012, an increase of $50.5 million from December 31, 2011. The growth in the residential portfolio reflects a continued focus on jumbo mortgage lending. Jumbo mortgages represent 39.0% of the residential mortgage portfolio at March 31, 2012 and jumbo mortgage originations were approximately 41.7% of the total residential loan originations for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Total consumer loans were $2.7 billion at March 31, 2012, a decrease of $31.9 million from December 31, 2011. The decrease is primarily due to loan repayments and lower originations in the continuing portfolio and a reduction of $6.1 million in the liquidating consumer portfolio as a result of charge offs taken during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Total commercial loans were $2.5 billion at March 31, 2012, an increase of $57.4 million from December 31, 2011. The growth in commercial loans reflects $244.9 million in commercial non-mortgage originations for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Commercial non-mortgage consists of middle market, small business and industry segment banking. Asset-based loans increased $17.1 million from December 31, 2011, reflective of $63.3 million in originations for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

61


Table of Contents

Commercial Real Estate loans were $2.4 billion at March 31, 2012, an increase of $40.5 million from December 31, 2011, primarily in construction loans as a result of $151.4 million in originations during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Equipment Finance loans and leases were $441.8 at March 31, 2012, a decrease of $27.8 million from December 31, 2011. The decrease primarily reflects pay downs and payoffs on non-core regions.

Commercial Loans with Interest Reserves

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there were nine and six construction-related loans, respectively, employing bank-funded interest reserves. Such reserves are established at the time of loan origination. The decision to establish a loan-funded interest reserve is made during the underwriting process and considers the feasibility of the project, the creditworthiness and expertise of the borrower, and the debt coverage provided by the real estate and other pledged collateral. The commitments on these loans totaled $94.2 million and $67.4 million, and the loans had outstanding balances of $36.3 million and $14.9 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Contractually committed interest reserves for this loan type totaled $3.7 million and $2.2 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Interest income of $0.2 million was recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The nine loans are performing under the original terms as of March 31, 2012

It is the Company’s policy to recognize income for this interest component as long as the project is progressing as agreed and if there has been no material deterioration in the financial standing of the borrower or the underlying project. Projects are subject to on-site inspections, as provided for in the loan agreements, throughout the life of the project. Inspections and reviews are performed upon a request for funding, which typically occurs every four to eight weeks. If there is monetary or non-monetary loan default, the Company will cease any interest accrual. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there were no situations where additional interest reserves were advanced to keep a loan from becoming non-performing.

Asset Quality

Webster’s lending strategy focuses on direct relationship lending within its primary market area. The quality of the assets underwritten is an important factor in the successful operation of a financial institution. Non-performing assets, loan delinquency and credit loss levels are considered to be key measures of asset quality. Management strives to maintain asset quality through its underwriting standards, servicing of loans and management of non-performing assets and appropriate reserve levels.

Asset quality is one of the key factors in the determination of the level of the allowance for loan and lease losses. See “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” contained elsewhere within this section for further information on the allowance.

Asset Quality information for the following periods:

 

     At March 31,
2012
    At December 31,
2011
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      %     Amount      %  

Non-accrual loans and leases (1)

   $ 92,939         50.5      $ 111,360         57.7   

Non-accrual restructured loans and leases (1)

     85,326         46.3        76,719         39.7   

Foreclosed and repossessed assets

     5,953         3.2        4,968         2.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-performing assets

   $ 184,218         100.0      $ 193,047         100.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and leases 90 days or more past due and still accruing (1)

   $ 43         $ 724      

Asset Quality Ratios:

          

Non-accrual and restructured loans as a percentage of total loans and leases

        1.56        1.68

Non-performing assets as a percentage of:

          

Total assets

        0.96           1.03   

Total loans and leases plus foreclosed property

        1.61           1.72   

Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases (2)

        0.96           1.00   

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases

        1.86           2.08   

Allowance for loan and lease losses to:

          

Net charge-offs (2)

        1.93        2.11

Non-accrual and non-accrual restructured loans and leases

        1.18           1.24   
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) Non-accrual balances exclude the impact of deferred costs and unamortized premiums.
(2) Calculated based on year to date net charge offs, annualized

 

62


Table of Contents

Non-performing Assets

The following table details non-performing assets for the periods presented:

 

     At March 31, 2012      At December 31,2011  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount (1)      % (2)      Amount (1)      % (2)  

Loans:

           

Residential:

           

1-4 family

   $ 74,295         2.31       $ 76,249         2.41   

Permanent NCLC

     3,371         16.16         4,584         21.56   

Construction

     1,444         4.31         1,219         4.19   

Liquidating portfolio - NCLC

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential

     79,110         2.42         82,052         2.55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

           

Home equity loans

     26,023         0.97         24,943         0.98   

Liquidating portfolio - home equity loans

     3,896         2.75         5,091         3.45   

Other consumer

     75         0.20         116         0.31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

     29,994         1.05         30,150         1.10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial:

           

Commercial non-mortgage

     31,547         1.60         27,884         1.44   

Asset-based loans

     1,475         0.31         1,880         0.41   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

     33,022         1.35         29,764         1.24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

           

Commercial real estate

     25,131         1.10         32,197         1.42   

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —     

Residential development

     6,140         16.79         6,762         17.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     31,271         1.29         38,959         1.63   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equipment financing loans and leases

     4,868         1.09         7,154         1.52   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans and leases

   $ 178,265         1.57       $ 188,079         1.68   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreclosed and repossessed assets:

           

Residential and consumer

     3,228            2,752      

NCLC/Consumer

     —              132      

Commercial

     2,725            2,084      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total foreclosed and repossessed assets

   $ 5,953          $ 4,968      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total non-performing assets

   $ 184,218          $ 193,047      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

(1) Balances exclude the impact of net deferred costs and unamortized premiums.
(2) Represent the principal balance of non-performing loans and leases as a percentage of the outstanding principal balance within the comparable loan and lease category. The percentage excludes the impact of deferred costs and unamortized premiums.

It is Webster’s policy that all loans 90 or more days past due are placed in non-accruing status. There are, on occasion, circumstances that cause commercial loans to be placed in the 90 days and accruing category, for example, loans that are considered to be well secured and in the process of collection or renewal.

Non-performing loans and leases were $178.3 million at March 31, 2012 compared to $188.1 million at December 31, 2011. Non-performing loans are defined as non-accruing loans. Non-performing assets (non-performing loans and leases plus foreclosed and repossessed assets) from the continuing portfolios totaled $184.2 million at March 31, 2012, as compared to $193.0 million at December 31, 2011.

Interest on non-accrual loans at March 31, 2012 and 2011, that would have been recorded as additional interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2010 had the loans been current in accordance with their original terms approximated $4.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively. See Note 1-Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for information concerning the non-accrual loan policy.

Impaired Loans and Leases

Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impairment is evaluated on a pooled basis for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature and on an individual loan basis depending on risk rating, accrual status and loan size for other loans, primarily residential and consumer loans. Commercial, commercial real estate and equipment financing loans over a specific dollar amount and all troubled debt restructurings are evaluated individually for impairment. At March 31, 2012, the recorded investment balance of impaired loans and leases totaled $426.4 million, including loans and leases of $281.9 million with an impairment allowance of $32.7 million. Of the $281.9 million in impaired loans and leases at March 31, 2012, $205.0 million were measured using the present value of expected cash flows, and $76.9 million were measured using the fair value of associated collateral. Approximately 30.5% of the $76.9 million of the collateral dependent loans at March 31, 2012 relied on current third party appraisals to assist in measuring impairment. At December 31, 2011, the recorded investment balance of impaired loans and leases totaled $495.3 million, including loans and leases of $338.9 million with an impairment allowance of $46.6 million. Of the $495.3 million in impaired loans and leases at December 31, 2011, $404.2 million were measured using the present value of expected cash flows and $91.1 million were measured using the fair value of associated collateral.

 

63


Table of Contents

Approximately 48.4% of the $91.1 million of the collateral dependent loans at December 31, 2011 relied on current third party appraisals to assist in measuring impairment. The $426.4 million of impaired loans and leases at March 31, 2012 included $410.6 million of TDRs. Generally, TDRs are classified as impaired loans and TDRs for the remaining life of the loan.

Specific valuation allowances were not necessary at March 31, 2012 for certain impaired loans as a result of either sufficient cash flow or sufficient collateral coverage, or previous charge off amounts that reduced the book value of the loan to an amount equal to or below the fair value of the collateral.

To the extent that the recovery of a loan balance is collateral dependent, the Company obtains an independent appraisal. The appraised value is reduced for selling costs and for historical experience with foreclosed real estate and repossessed asset sales to determine the estimated fair value of the collateral. Fair value is then compared to the loan balance. Any fair value shortfall is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Since the fair value of the collateral considers selling costs and adjustments for historical experience with foreclosed real estate and repossessed asset sales, charge offs may be incurred that reduce a loan balance below appraised value. Updated appraisals are obtained for a collateral dependent loan upon a borrower credit event (i.e. renewal or modification) or as part of the foreclosure proceedings. For commercial loans, an internal or third party valuation may be used if/when a loan moves to a substandard classification. Independent appraisals are obtained annually for commercial loans on non-accrual status. New appraisals may not be ordered if the most recent appraisal was obtained in the past twelve months or the loan amount is under $250,000 or other Financial Institutions Reform Recovery and Enforcement Act (“FIRREA”) acceptable real estate evaluations are permitted. The twelve month timeframe reflects Webster’s desire to obtain an appraisal as close to the foreclosure date as possible to ensure compliance with the court’s guidelines, which generally require appraisals not more than 30-90 days old. Appraisals, which are performed by independent, licensed appraisers, are requested by the Appraisal Department. A licensed in-house appraisal officer or qualified reviewer reviews the appraisals when there is significant decline in property value, for foreclosed properties, for loans greater than 180 days past due and for loans over a certain threshold ($4 million for commercial loans and $0.4 million for residential and consumer loans). The Company’s appraisal officer or qualified reviewer reviews the appraisal for compliance with FIRREA and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. For certain loans in the equipment financing portfolio, management will look to competitive bids or blue book values to estimate a value of the underlying collateral. Subsequent to an appraisal, it may come to management’s attention that the value has declined further. In cases where this information is deemed reliable, a further impairment is recorded to reflect the reduction, thereby increasing the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A modified loan is considered a TDR when two conditions are met: 1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and 2) the modification constitutes a concession. Modified terms are dependent upon the financial position and needs of the individual borrower. The Company does not employ modification programs for temporary or trial periods. The most common types of modifications include covenant modifications, or other concessions. If the modification agreement is violated, the loan is handled by the Company’s Restructuring and Recovery group for resolution, which may result in foreclosure.

The Company’s policy is to place all consumer loan TDRs on non-accrual status for a minimum period of six months. Loans qualify for return to accrual status once they have demonstrated performance with the restructured terms of the loan agreement for a minimum of six months. Commercial TDRs are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Initially, all TDRs are reported as impaired. Generally, a TDR is classified as an impaired loan and a TDR for the remaining life of the loan. Impaired and TDR classification may be removed if the borrower demonstrates compliance with the modified terms and the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to that which would be provided to a borrower with similar credit at the time of restructuring.

The following tables provide detail of TDR balance and activity for the periods presented:

 

(In thousands)

   At March 31,
2012
    At December 31,
2011
 

Recorded investment of TDRs:

    

Accrual status

   $ 325,169      $ 367,344   

Non-accrual status

     85,381        76,968   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recorded investment

   $ 410,550      $ 444,312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accruing TDRs performing under modified terms more than one year

     84.9     76.0

TDR specific reserves included in the ALLL

   $ 32,569      $ 44,847   

Additional funds committed to borrowers in TDR status (a)

     7,031        7,872   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents
     Three months ended
March 31,
 

(In thousands)

   2012     2011  

TDRs, beginning of period

   $ 444,312      $ 450,151   

New TDR status

     15,677        64,770   

Paydowns/draws on existing TDRs, net

     (12,075     (14,582

Charge-offs post modification

     (19,028     (4,289

Loan sales

     (7,730     —     

Other reductions (b)

     (10,606     (898
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TDRs, end of period

   $ 410,550      $ 495,152   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) This amount may be limited by contractual rights and/or the underlying collateral supporting the loan or lease.
(b) Other reductions include change in TDR status (removal of a $10.4 million A Note structure from TDR status in 2012) and transfers to OREO.

The increase in charge offs during the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011 is primarily due to one large commercial credit which was modified in 2011. See Note 3-Loans and Leases in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the amount of modified loans, modified loan characteristics and Webster’s evaluation of the success of its modification efforts.

Delinquent loans

The following table sets forth information regarding over 30-day delinquent loans and leases, excluding loans held for sale and non-accrual loans and leases:

 

     At March 31, 2012      At December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Principal
Balances  (1)
     % (2)      Principal
Balances  (1)
     % (2)  

Residential

           

1-4 family

   $ 21,573         0.67       $ 22,895         0.72   

Permanent NCLC

     1,342         6.43         1,183         5.56   

Construction

     —           —           283         0.97   

Liquidating NCLC

     —           —           —           —     

Consumer

           

Home equity loans

     19,119         0.78         20,394         0.80   

Liquidating portfolio-home equity loans

     5,263         3.72         4,538         3.08   

Other consumer

     473         1.27         453         1.21   

Commercial:

           

Commercial non-mortgage

     6,938         0.35         4,619         0.24   

Asset-based loans

     —           —           —           —     

Commercial real estate:

           

Commercial real estate

     1,101         0.48         1,766         0.08   

Residential development

     —           —           —           —     

Equipment financing loans and leases

     4,099         0.92         4,800         1.02   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases past due 30-89 days

   $ 59,908         0.53       $ 60,931         0.54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Past due 90 days or more and accruing:

           

Continuing portfolio

           

Commercial non-mortgage

   $ 43         0.01       $ 161         0.01   

Commercial real estate

     —           —           428         0.02   

Residential development

     —           —           135         0.34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing

   $ 43          $ 724      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total over 30-day delinquent loans

   $ 59,951          $ 61,655      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Other past due loan and lease balances exclude the impact of deferred costs and unamortized premiums.
(2) Represent the principal balance of past due loans and leases as a percentage of the outstanding principal balance within the comparable loan and lease category. The percentage excludes the impact of deferred costs and unamortized premiums.

 

65


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Methodology

The allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments are maintained at a level estimated by management to provide for potential losses inherent within the loan portfolio. Potential losses are estimated based upon a quarterly review of the loan portfolio, which includes historic default and loss experience, specific problem loans, risk rating profile, economic conditions and other pertinent factors which, in management’s judgment, warrant current recognition in the loss estimation process. Webster’s Credit Risk Management Committee meets quarterly to review and conclude on the adequacy of the allowance and to recommend reserve adequacy to executive management.

Management considers the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses a critical accounting policy. The adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses is subject to assumptions and judgment used in its determination. Therefore, actual loan and lease losses could differ materially from management’s estimate if actual conditions differ significantly from the assumptions utilized. These conditions include economic factors in Webster’s market and nationally, industry trends and concentrations, real estate values and trends, and the financial condition and performance of individual borrowers. While management believes the allowance for loan and lease losses is adequate as of March 31, 2012, actual results may prove different and the differences could be significant.

Webster’s methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance includes several key elements. The problem loans analyzed and specifically reserved for are identified and segregated from the portfolio. The remaining loans are segmented into pools that are similar in type and risk characteristic. Historic risk portfolio performance data is collected over time and analyzed to support the segmentation, and to use in the loss estimation process. This data includes historic delinquency, non-accrual and loss trend information, and loan default data.

Potential losses in the portfolio are estimated by calculating formula allowances for homogeneous pools of loans and specific allowances for impaired loans. The formula allowance is calculated by applying loss factors to the loan pools that are based on historic default and loss rates, internal risk ratings, and other risk-based characteristics. Changes in risk ratings, and other risk factors, for both performing and non-performing loans affect the calculation of the allowance. Loss factors are based on Webster’s default and loss experience, and may be adjusted for significant conditions that, in management’s judgment, affect the collectability of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. The following is considered when determining probable losses: historic loss experience, borrower and facility risk ratings, industry and borrower concentrations, collateral values, portfolio trends, and current market conditions.

The allowance for loan and lease losses incorporates the range of potential outcomes as part of the loss estimation process, as well as an estimate of loss representing inherent risk not captured in quantitative modeling and methodologies including, but not limited to; imprecision in loss estimate methodologies and models, asset quality trends, changes in portfolio characteristics and loan mix, volatility in historic loss experience, uncertainty associated with industry trends, the economy and other external factors.

At March 31, 2012, the allowance for loan and lease losses was $210.3 million, or 1.86% of the total loan portfolio, and 118.0% of total non-performing loans and leases. This compares with an allowance of $233.5 million or 2.08% of the total loan portfolio, and 124.0% of total non-performing loans and leases at December 31, 2011. Gross charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were $34.6 million and consisted of $3.1 million in gross charges for residential loans, $10.1 million for consumer loans, $15.0 million for commercial loans, $5.8 million for commercial real estate loans and $0.6 million for equipment financing loans. Gross charge-offs decreased by $3.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012 when compared to charge-offs of $37.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in charge-off activity reflects lower levels of non-performing loans and improved portfolio performance for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease in the allowance for loan and lease losses year over year reflects the need for decreased allowance levels in light of improved portfolio and economic conditions across all lines of business. The allowance for loan and lease losses does not include a reserve for unfunded credit commitments that is discussed in the following paragraph.

The allowance for credit losses analysis includes consideration of the risks associated with unfunded loan commitments. The reserve calculation includes factors that are consistent with ALLL methodology for funded loans using the loss given default, probability of default and a draw down factor driven by the underlying borrower risk grades. The combination of ALLL and unfunded reserves is calculated in a manner to capture the entirety of the underlying business relationship of the customer. The amounts of unfunded commitments and the associated reserves may be subject to fluctuations due to originations, the timing and volume of loan funding, as well as changes in risk ratings. At March 31, 2012, the reserve for unfunded credit commitments was $5.2 million compared to a reserve for unfunded credit commitments of $5.4 million at December 31, 2011.

 

66


Table of Contents

The following table provides detail of activity in the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

       Three months ended March 31, 2012  

(In thousands)

   Residential     Consumer     Commercial     Commercial
Real Estate
    Equipment
Financing
    Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

              

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 34,565      $ 67,785      $ 60,681      $ 45,013      $ 8,943      $ 16,500      $ 233,487   

Provision (benefit) charged to expense

     448        4,475        3,516        (78     (2,861     (1,500     4,000   

Losses charged off

     (3,115     (10,051     (14,994     (5,848     (634     0        (34,642

Recoveries

     141        2,054        1,800        1,100        2,348        0        7,443   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 32,039      $ 64,263      $ 51,003      $ 40,187      $ 7,796      $ 15,000      $ 210,288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 16,976      $ 4,441      $ 6,309      $ 4,977      $ 22      $ —        $ 32,725   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 15,063      $ 59,822      $ 44,694      $ 35,210      $   7,774      $ 15,000      $ 177,563   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

       Three months ended March 31, 2011  

(In thousands)

   Residential     Consumer     Commercial     Commercial
Real Estate
    Equipment
Financing
    Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

              

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 30,792      $ 95,071      $ 74,470      $ 77,695      $ 21,637      $ 22,000      $ 321,665   

Provision (benefit) charged to expense

     669        8,525        4,144        827        (2,165     (2,000     10,000   

Losses charged off

     (3,350     (14,988     (11,111     (7,360     (1,134     —          (37,943

Recoveries

     128        1,213        1,416        —          1,469        —          4,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 28,239      $ 89,821      $ 68,919      $ 71,162      $ 19,807      $ 20,000      $ 297,948   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 14,134      $ 3,623      $ 9,612      $ 10,536      $ 2      $ —        $ 37,907   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 14,105      $ 86,198      $ 59,307      $ 60,626      $ 19,805      $ 20,000      $ 260,041   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A summary of net charge-offs (annualized) to average outstanding loans by category follows:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2011  

Net charge-offs

    

Residential

     0.37     0.41

Consumer

     1.17        1.94   

Commercial

     2.16        1.78   

Commercial real estate

     0.80        1.34   

Equipment financing

     (1.50     (0.19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net charge-offs to total average loans and leases

     0.96     1.22
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sources of Funds

The primary source of Webster Bank’s cash flows, for use in lending and meeting its general operational needs, is deposits. Additional sources of funds are from Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances and other borrowings, loan and mortgage-backed securities repayments, securities sales proceeds and maturities, and earnings. While scheduled loan and securities repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, loan and investment security prepayments and deposit inflows are influenced by prevailing interest rates and local economic conditions and are inherently uncertain.

Deposits

Webster Bank offers a wide variety of deposit products for checking and savings (including: ATM and check card use, direct deposit, ACH payments, combined statements, automated mobile banking services, Internet-based banking, bank by mail as well as overdraft protection via line of credit or transfer from another deposit account) designed to meet the transactional, savings and investment needs of our consumer and business customers throughout 168 banking offices within our primary market area. Webster manages the flow of funds in its deposit accounts and provides an assortment of accounts and rates consistent with FDIC regulations. Webster’s Retail Pricing Committee and its Commercial and Institutional Liability Pricing Committee meet regularly to determine pricing and marketing initiatives. Total deposits were $13.9 billion at March 31, 2012 as compared to $13.7 billion at December 31, 2011 and $14.1 billion at March 31, 2011.

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of twelve district Federal Home Loan Banks, each subject to the supervision and regulation of the Federal Housing Finance Agency. Capital stock is required in order for the Bank to access advances and other extensions of credit for liquidity and funding purposes. The capital stock investment is restricted in that there is no market for it, and it can only be redeemed by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLB”). Based on requirements to hold a certain amount of capital stock for membership and for advances and other extensions of credit, the Bank was required to hold $82.4 million of FHLB stock on March 31, 2012 and $77.9 million on December 31, 2011. As of March 31, 2012, the Bank had $91.9 million of capital stock invested in the FHLB. The FHLB most recently declared a cash dividend equal to an annual yield of 0.49% on February 22, 2012.

 

67


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2012, the Bank had $50.7 million of capital stock invested in the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB). Webster is required to have FRB stock equal to 6% of its capital and surplus of which 50% is paid. The remaining 50% is subject to call when deemed necessary by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The capital stock investment is restricted in that there is no market for it, and it can only be redeemed by the FRB. The FRB pays a dividend of 6% annualized. There is no expectation of any change in this payment rate and no OTTI recorded in the period.

Borrowings

Total borrowed funds, including long-term debt, increased $126.0 million to $3.1 billion at March 31, 2012 compared to $3.0 billion at December 31, 2011, and $1.8 billion at March 31, 2011. Borrowings represented 16.2% and 15.9% of assets at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and 10.2% at March 31, 2011. See Note 6-Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and Other Short-term Borrowings, Note 7-Federal Home Loan Bank Advances and Note 8-Long-term Debt in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity management allows Webster to meet cash needs at a reasonable cost under various operating environments. Liquidity at Webster and Webster Bank is actively managed and reviewed in order to maintain stable, cost effective funding to promote strength in its balance sheet. Liquidity comes from a variety of sources such as the cash flow from operating activities including principal and interest payments on loans and investments, unpledged securities which can be sold or utilized to secure funding and by the ability to attract new deposits. Webster has a commitment to maintain a strong, increasing base of core deposits to support growth in its loan portfolios.

Webster’s primary sources of liquidity at the parent company level are dividends from Webster Bank, investment income and net proceeds from borrowings, investment sales and capital offerings. The main uses of liquidity are the payment of principal and interest to holders of senior notes and capital securities, the payment of dividends to common and preferred shareholders, repurchases of Webster’s common stock and purchases of available for sale securities. There are certain restrictions on the payment of dividends by Webster Bank to the Company, which are described in the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1 as included in Webster’s 2011 Form 10-K. At March 31, 2012, there were $51.1 million of retained earnings available for the payment of dividends by the Bank to the Company. Webster Bank paid the Company $70.0 million in dividends during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, a total of 78,035 shares of common stock were repurchased at a cost of approximately $1.6 million. All of the repurchased shares were done in the open market to fund equity compensation plans.

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, FHLB advances outstanding totaled $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively. Webster Bank had additional borrowing capacity from the FHLB of approximately $1.0 billion at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. In addition, unpledged securities could have been used to increase borrowing capacity at the FHLB by an additional $2.8 billion at March 31, 2012 or used to collateralize other borrowings, such as repurchase agreements. At March 31, 2012, Webster Bank also had additional borrowing capacity from unused collateral at the Federal Reserve of $0.7 billion. In addition, unpledged securities could have been used to increase borrowing capacity at the FRB by an additional $3.3 billion at March 31, 2012

Webster Bank is required by regulations adopted by the OCC to maintain liquidity sufficient to ensure safe and sound operations. Adequate liquidity, as assessed by the OCC, may vary from institution to institution depending on such factors as the overall asset/liability structure, market conditions, competition and the nature of the institution’s deposit and loan customers. At March 31, 2012, Webster Bank exceeded all regulatory requirements.

Applicable OCC regulations require Webster Bank, as a commercial bank, to satisfy certain minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements. As an OCC regulated commercial institution, it is also subject to a minimum tangible capital requirement. At March 31, 2012, Webster Bank was in full compliance with all applicable capital requirements and met the FDIC requirements for a “well capitalized” institution. Webster Bank is subject to individual minimum capital ratios that require the Bank to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 7.5% of adjusted total assets and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12% of risk weighted assets. The Bank exceeded these requirements at March 31, 2012. See Note 9-Regulatory Matters in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information concerning regulatory capital.

The liquidity position of the Company is continuously monitored and adjustments are made to the balance between sources and uses of funds as deemed appropriate. Management is not aware of any events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity, capital resources or operations. In addition, management is not aware of any regulatory recommendations regarding liquidity, which if implemented would have a material adverse effect on the Company. Webster has a detailed liquidity contingency plan which is designed to respond to liquidity concerns in a prompt and comprehensive manner. It is designed to provide early detection of potential problems and details specific actions required to address liquidity stress scenarios.

 

68


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of operations, Webster engages in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with GAAP, are not recorded in the financial statements, or are recorded in amounts that differ from the notional amounts. These transactions involve to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used for general corporate purposes or for customer needs. Corporate purpose transactions are used to help manage credit, interest rate and liquidity risk or to optimize capital. Customer transactions are used to manage customers’ requests for funding. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, Webster did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions that would have a material effect on its financial condition.

Asset/Liability Management and Market Risk

An effective asset/liability management process must balance the risks and rewards from both short and long-term interest rate risks in determining management strategy and action. To facilitate and manage this process, Webster has an Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The primary goal of ALCO is to manage interest rate risk to maximize net income and net economic value over time in changing interest rate environments subject to Board of Director approved risk limits. The Board sets limits for earnings at risk for parallel ramps in interest rates over 12 months of plus and minus 100, 200 and 300 basis points. Economic value or “equity at risk” limits are set for parallel shocks in interest rates of plus and minus 100 and 200 basis points. Based on the historic lows in short-term interest rates as of March 31, 2012, the declining interest rate scenarios for both the earnings at risk for parallel ramps and the equity as risk for parallel shocks have been temporarily suspended per ALCO policy. ALCO also regularly reviews earnings at risk scenarios for non-parallel changes in rates, as well as longer term earnings at risk for up to four years in the future.

Management measures interest rate risk using simulation analyses to calculate earnings and equity at risk. These risk measures are quantified using simulation software from one of the leading firms in the field of asset/liability modeling. Key assumptions relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, prepayment speeds and the run-off of deposits. From such simulations, interest rate risk is quantified and appropriate strategies are formulated and implemented.

Earnings at risk is defined as the change in earnings (excluding provision and taxes) due to changes in interest rates. Interest rates are assumed to change up or down in a parallel fashion and earnings results are compared to a flat rate scenario as a base. The flat rate scenario holds the end of the period yield curve constant over the twelve month forecast horizon. Earnings simulation analysis incorporates assumptions about balance sheet changes such as asset and liability growth, loan and deposit pricing and changes to the mix of assets and liabilities. It is a measure of short-term interest rate risk. Equity at risk is defined as the change in the net economic value of assets and liabilities due to changes in interest rates compared to a base net economic value. Equity at risk analyzes sensitivity in the present value of cash flows over the expected life of existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. It is a measure of the long-term interest rate risk to future earnings streams embedded in the current balance sheet.

Key assumptions underlying the present value of cash flows include the behavior of interest rates and spreads, asset prepayment speeds and attrition rates on deposits. Cash flow projections from the model are compared to market expectations for similar collateral types and adjusted based on experience with Webster Bank’s own portfolio. The model’s valuation results are compared to observable market prices for similar instruments whenever possible. The behavior of deposit and loan customers is studied using historical time series analysis to model future customer behavior under varying interest rate environments.

The equity at risk simulation process uses multiple interest rate paths generated by an arbitrage-free trinomial lattice term structure model. The Base Case rate scenario, against which all others are compared, uses the month-end LIBOR/Swap yield curve as a starting point to derive forward rates for future months. Using interest rate swap option volatilities as inputs, the model creates multiple rate paths for this scenario with forward rates as the mean. In shock scenarios, the starting yield curve is shocked up or down in a parallel fashion. Future rate paths are then constructed in a similar manner to the Base Case.

Cash flows for all instruments are created using product specific prepayment models and account specific system data for properties such as maturity date, amortization type, coupon rate, repricing frequency and repricing date. The asset/liability simulation software is enhanced with a mortgage prepayment model and a Collateralized Mortgage Obligation database. Instruments with explicit options (i.e., caps, floors, puts and calls) and implicit options (i.e., prepayment and early withdrawal ability) require such a rate and cash flow modeling approach to more accurately quantify value and risk. On the asset side, risk is impacted the most by mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities, which can typically prepay at any time without penalty and may have embedded caps and floors. On the liability side, there is a large concentration of customers with indeterminate maturity deposits who have options to add or withdraw funds from their accounts at any time. Webster Bank also has the option to change the interest rate paid on these deposits at any time.

Webster’s earnings at risk model incorporates net interest income and non-interest income and expense items, some of which vary with interest rates. These items include mortgage banking income, mortgage servicing rights and derivative mark-to-market adjustments.

Four main tools are used for managing interest rate risk: (1) the size and duration of the investment portfolio, (2) the size and duration of the wholesale funding portfolio, (3) off-balance sheet interest rate contracts and (4) the pricing and structure of loans and deposits. ALCO meets at least monthly to make decisions on the investment and funding portfolios based on the economic outlook, the Committee’s interest rate expectations, the risk position and other factors. ALCO delegates pricing and product design responsibilities to individuals and sub-committees but monitors and influences their actions on a regular basis.

 

69


Table of Contents

Various interest rate contracts, including futures and options, interest rate swaps and interest rate caps and floors can be used to manage interest rate risk. These interest rate contracts involve, to varying degrees, credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that a loss may occur if a counter party to a transaction fails to perform according to the terms of the contract. The notional amount of interest rate contracts is the amount upon which interest and other payments are based. The notional amount is not exchanged; therefore, the notional amounts should not be taken as a measure of credit risk. Assets of $46.7 million and $47.1 million and liabilities of $51.2 million and $59.8 million were recognized for the fair value of these derivatives at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 11 – Derivative Financial Instruments in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements contained elsewhere within this report for additional information.

Certain derivative instruments, primarily forward sales of mortgage-backed securities, are utilized by Webster Bank in its efforts to manage risk of loss associated with its mortgage banking activities. Prior to closing and funds disbursement, an interest-rate lock commitment is generally extended to the borrower. During such time, Webster Bank is subject to risk that market rates of interest may change impacting pricing on loan sales. In an effort to mitigate this risk, forward delivery sales commitments are established, thereby setting the sales price.

The following table summarizes the estimated impact that gradual parallel changes in interest rates of 100 and 200 basis points over a twelve month period starting March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 might have on Webster’s pre-tax, pre-provision earnings for the subsequent twelve month period, compared to earnings assuming no change in interest rates.

 

     -200bp      -100bp      +100 bp     +200 bp  

March 31, 2012

     N/A         N/A         -0.5     -0.1

December 31, 2011

     N/A         N/A         +1.2     +3.4

Interest rates are assumed to change up or down in a parallel fashion and net income results are compared to a flat rate scenario as a base. The flat rate scenario holds the end of period yield curve constant over a twelve month forecast horizon. Webster is within policy limits for all scenarios. The flat rate scenario at both the end of 2011 and as of March 31, 2012 assumed a federal funds rate of 0.25%. The decrease in sensitivity to higher rates since year end is primarily due to the purchase of fixed rate investment securities, termination of term fixed rate funding, and reduction in duration of derivatives. As the federal funds rate was at 0.25% on March 31, 2012, the -100 and -200 basis point scenarios have been excluded. The interest rate risk position continues to take advantage of the moderately steep yield curve and extended period of short-term interest rates. Webster is well within policy limits for all scenarios.

Webster can also hold futures and options positions to minimize the price volatility of certain assets held as trading securities. Changes in the market value of these positions are recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table summarizes the estimated impact that immediate non-parallel changes in interest rates might have on Webster’s net income for the subsequent twelve month period starting March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 

     Short End of the Yield Curve     Long End of the Yield Curve  
     -100bp      -50bp      +50bp     +100bp     -100bp     -50bp     +50bp     +100bp  

March 31, 2012

     N/A         N/A         -3.0     -5.4     -8.0     -3.7     +3.0     +6.1

December 31, 2011

     N/A         N/A         -2.2     -3.7     -9.1     -4.5     +3.9     +7.6

The non-parallel scenarios are modeled with the short end of the yield curve moving up or down 50 and 100 basis points while the long end of the yield curve remains unchanged and vice versa. The short end of the yield curve is defined as terms less than 18 months and the long end as terms of greater than 18 months. Webster’s earnings generally benefits from a fall in short-term interest rates since more new and existing liabilities than assets are tied to short-term rates. The ultimate benefit Webster derives from this mismatch is dependent on the pricing elasticity of its large managed rate core deposit base and the impact of any rate floors on those deposits. An increase in short-term interest rates has the opposite effect on earnings. Webster’s earnings generally benefit from a rise in long-term interest rates since more new and existing assets than liabilities are tied to long-term rates. The decrease in earnings from a fall in long-term rates is typically greater than the increase in earnings from a rise in long-term rates due to the acceleration of asset prepayment activity as rates fall. These results reflect the annualized impact to earnings of immediate rate changes. The actual impact can be uneven during the year especially in the Short End scenarios where asset yields tied to Prime or LIBOR change immediately while certain deposit rate changes take more time. The increase in earnings at risk to the short end of the yield curve moving up is due to the previously mentioned purchase of fixed rate investment securities, termination of term fixed rate funding, and reduction in duration of derivatives. The decrease in earnings at risk to the long end of the yield curve moving down is due primarily to reduced risk from forecast of purchased securities. Webster is within policy for all scenarios.

The following table summarizes the estimated economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the projected change to economic values if interest rates instantaneously increase or decrease by 100 basis points.

 

70


Table of Contents
     Book
Value
     Estimated
Economic
Value
     Estimated Economic Value  
           Change  

(Dollars in thousands)

         -100 BP      +100 BP  

March 31, 2012

           

Assets

   $ 19,134,142       $ 19,107,634         N/A       $ (411,060

Liabilities

     17,239,200         16,981,432         N/A         (404,728
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,894,942       $ 2,126,202         N/A       $ (6,332

Net change as % base net economic value

              (0.3 )% 

December 31, 2011

           

Assets

   $ 18,714,340       $ 18,716,175         N/A       $ (368,271

Liabilities

     16,868,566         16,781,406         N/A         (409,364
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,845,774       $ 1,934,769         N/A       $ 41,093   

Net change as % base net economic value

              2.1

Changes in economic value can be best described using duration. Duration is a measure of the price sensitivity of financial instruments for small changes in interest rates. For fixed rate instruments it can also be thought of as the weighted average expected time to receive future cash flows. For floating rate instruments it can be thought of as the weighted average expected time until the next rate reset. The longer the duration, the greater the price sensitivity for given changes in interest rates. Floating rate instruments may have durations as short as one day and therefore have very little price sensitivity due to changes in interest rates. Increases in interest rates typically reduce the value of fixed rate assets as future discounted cash flows are worth less at higher discount rates. A liability’s value decreases for the same reason in a rising rate environment. A reduction in value of a liability is a benefit, however, as this is an obligation of Webster.

Duration gap is the difference between the duration of assets and the duration of liabilities. A duration gap near zero implies that the balance sheet is matched and would exhibit no change in estimated economic value for a small change in interest rates. Webster’s duration gap was negative 0.6 years at March 31, 2012. At the end of 2011, the duration gap was negative 0.8 years. A negative duration gap implies that liabilities are longer than assets and therefore, they have more price sensitivity than assets and will reset their interest rates slower than assets. Consequently, Webster’s net estimated economic value would increase when interest rates rise as the increased value of liabilities would more than offset the decreased value of assets. The opposite would occur when interest rates fall. Earnings would also generally be expected to increase when interest rates rise and decrease when rates fall over the longer term absent the effects of new business booked in the future. The change in Webster’s duration gap is due to asset duration increasing from 1.9 years to 2.0 years and liability duration declining from 2.7 years to 2.6 years for the reasons discussed above.

These estimates assume that management does not take any action to mitigate any positive or negative effects from changing interest rates. The earnings and economic values estimates are subject to factors that could cause actual results to differ. Management believes that Webster’s interest rate risk position at March 31, 2012 represents a reasonable level of risk given the current interest rate outlook. Management, as always, is prepared to act in the event that interest rates do change rapidly.

I TEM  3. Q UANTITATIVE A ND Q UALITATIVE D ISCLOSURES A BOUT M ARKET R ISK

Information regarding quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk appears under Part I, Item 2, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, under the caption “Asset/Liability Management and Market Risk”.

I TEM  4. C ONTROLS AND P ROCEDURES

As of March 31, 2012, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2012 for recording, processing, summarizing and reporting the information the Company is required to disclose in the reports it files under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

71


Table of Contents

PART II. – O THER I NFORMATION

I TEM  1. L EGAL P ROCEEDINGS

Webster is involved in routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. Although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based on present information and taking into consideration current reserves, we believe that existing litigation matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition.

I TEM  1A. R ISK F ACTORS

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were no material changes to the risk factors as previously disclosed in Webster’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

I TEM  2. U NREGISTERED S ALES O F E QUITY S ECURITIES A ND U SE O F P ROCEEDS

The following table provides information with respect to any purchase made by or on behalf of Webster or any “affiliated purchaser”, as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of shares of Webster common stock.

 

Period

   Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
     Average Price
Paid Per Share
     Total Number of
Shares or Warrants
Purchased as Part
of Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
     Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
under the Plans or
Programs (1)
 

January 1 – 31, 2012

     76,430       $ 21.02         —           2,111,200   

February 1-29, 2012

     1,605       $ 22.84         —           2,111,200   

March 1-31, 2012

     —           —           —           2,111,200   

Total

     78,035       $ 21.06         —           2,111,200   
(1) The Company’s current stock repurchase program, which was announced on September 26, 2007, authorized the Company to purchase up to an additional 5% of Webster’s common stock outstanding at the time of authorization, or 2.7 million shares. The program will remain in effect until fully utilized or until modified, superseded or terminated. All 78,035 shares repurchased during the three months ended March 31, 2012 were repurchased outside of the repurchase program in the open market to fund equity compensation plans.

I TEM  3. D EFAULTS U PON S ENIOR S ECURITIES

Not applicable.

I TEM  4. M INE S AFETY D ISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

I TEM  5. O THER I NFORMATION

Not applicable.

 

72


Table of Contents

I TEM  6. E XHIBITS

      3.1    Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
      3.2    Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s 8.50% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 11, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).
      3.3    Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 24, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).
      3.4    Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s Perpetual Participating Preferred Stock, Series C (filed as exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 31, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).
      3.5    Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s Non-Voting Perpetual Participating Preferred Stock, Series D (filed as exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 31, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).
      3.6    Bylaws, as amended effective April 26, 2012.
      10.1    Amended and Restated 1992 Stock Option Plan.*
      10.2    Separation Agreement and General Release by and among the Company, Webster Bank National Association and Jeffrey N. Brown, dated April 6, 2012 (filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).*
      31.1    Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.
      31.2    Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
      32.1 +    Written Statement pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.
      32.2 +    Written Statement pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
      101++    The following materials from the Webster Financial Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (iv) related notes, detail tagged.

 

+ This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
++ As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
* Material Compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

73


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

    WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
   

    Registrant

Date: May 2, 2012     By:   / S /    J AMES C. S MITH        
      James C. Smith
      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Date: May 2, 2012     By:   / S /    G LENN I. M AC I NNES        
      Glenn I. MacInnes
      Executive Vice President and
      Chief Financial Officer
      (Principal Financial Officer)
Date: May 2, 2012     By:   / S /    G REGORY S. M ADAR      
      Gregory S. Madar
      Senior Vice President and
      Chief Accounting Officer
      (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

74


Table of Contents

E XHIBIT I NDEX

 

      3.1    Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
      3.2    Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s 8.50% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 11, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).
      3.3    Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 24, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).
      3.4    Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s Perpetual Participating Preferred Stock, Series C (filed as exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 31, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).
      3.5    Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s Non-Voting Perpetual Participating Preferred Stock, Series D (filed as exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 31, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).
      3.6    Bylaws, as amended effective April 26, 2012.
      10.1    Amended and Restated 1992 Stock Option Plan.*
      10.2    Separation Agreement and General Release by and among the Company, Webster Bank National Association and Jeffrey N. Brown, dated April 6, 2012 (filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).*
      31.1    Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.
      31.2    Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
      32.1 +    Written Statement pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.
      32.2 +    Written Statement pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
      101++    The following materials from the Webster Financial Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (iv) related notes, detail tagged.

 

+ This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
++ As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
* Material Compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

75

Exhibit 3.1

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Webster Financial Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Webster Financial Corporation and the name under which the corporation was originally incorporated is Webster Financial Corp. The date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware was September 10, 1986. A Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 17, 1986. A Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on July 1, 1999.

2. This Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the board of directors in accordance with Section 242 and Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. This Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 242 and Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, at an annual meeting duly called and held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute and the Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation were voted in favor of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

4. This Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is attached hereto as Exhibit A.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Webster Financial Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by James C. Smith, its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and attested by Harriet Munrett Wolfe, its Secretary, this 26 th day of April, 2012.

 

WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ James C. Smith

  James C. Smith
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
ATTEST:
By:  

/s/ Harriet Munrett Wolfe

  Harriet Munrett Wolfe
  Executive Vice President,
  General Counsel and Secretary

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT A

STATE OF DELAWARE

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Article 1. Corporate Title . The name of the corporation is Webster Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”).

Article 2. Duration . The duration of the Corporation is perpetual.

Article 3. Purpose . The purpose or purposes for which the Corporation is organized are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

Article 4. Capital Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of the capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is two hundred three million (203,000,000), of which two hundred million (200,000,000) shall be common stock, par value $.01 per share, amounting in the aggregate to two million dollars ($2,000,000), and three million (3,000,000) shall be serial preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, amounting in the aggregate to thirty thousand dollars ($30,000).

The shares may be issued by the Corporation from time to time as approved by its board of directors without the approval of its shareholders. The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their issuance and shall not be less than the par value per share. Neither promissory notes nor future services shall constitute payment or part payment for the issuance of the shares of the Corporation. The consideration for the shares shall be cash, services actually performed for the Corporation, personal property, real property, leases of real property or any combination of the foregoing. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the value of such property, labor or services, as determined by the board of directors of the Corporation, shall be conclusive. Upon payment of such consideration such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable.

Nothing contained in this Article 4 (or in any resolution or resolutions adopted by the board of directors pursuant hereto) shall entitle the holders of any class or series of capital stock to more than one vote per share.


A description of the different classes and series of the Corporation’s capital stock and a statement of the designations, and the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the shares of each class of and series of capital stock are as follows:

A. Common Stock . Except as provided in this Article 4 (or in any resolution or resolutions adopted by the board of directors pursuant hereto), the holders of the common stock shall exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder, including the election of directors. There shall be no cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Each share of common stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of common stock.

Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund or retirement fund or other retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends; but only when and as declared by the board of directors.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after there shall have been paid to or set aside for the holders of any class having preferences over the common stock in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the full preferential amounts of which they are respectively entitled, the holders of the common stock, and of any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith, in whole or in part, as to distribution of assets, shall be entitled after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation, to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution, in cash or in kind.

B. Serial Preferred Stock . Except as provided in this Section 4, the board of directors of the Corporation is authorized by resolution or resolutions from time to time adopted and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware, to provide for the issuance of serial preferred stock in series and to fix and state the voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. Each share of each series of serial preferred stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of the same series.

Article 5. Preemptive Rights . Holders of the capital stock of the Corporation shall not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares or other securities of the Corporation which may be issued.

 

- 2 -


Article 6. Directors . The Corporation shall be under the direction of a board of directors. The board of directors shall consist of not less than seven directors nor more than 15 directors. The number of directors within this range shall be as stated in the Corporation’s bylaws, as may be amended from time to time, and shall initially consist of seven directors; provided, that no decrease in the number of directors shall affect the term of any director then in office.

The terms, qualifications and election of the board of directors and the filling of vacancies thereon shall be as provided herein and in the bylaws.

Subject to the foregoing, at each annual meeting of shareholders the successors to all directors whose term shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting and until their successors shall be elected and qualified.

Any vacancy occurring in the board of directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled for the unexpired term by the concurring vote of a majority of the directors then in office, whether or not a quorum, and any director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

No director may be removed except for cause and then only by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be voted by shareholders at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders called for such purpose. At least 30 days prior to such meeting of shareholders, written notice shall be sent to the director or directors whose removal will be considered at such meeting.

No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director other than liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for any payment of a dividend or approval of a stock repurchase that is illegal under § 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Article 7. Bylaws . The board of directors or the shareholders may from time to time amend the bylaws of the Corporation. Such action by the board of directors shall require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the board of directors called for such purpose. Such action by the shareholders shall require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders called for such purpose.

 

- 3 -


Article 8. Special Meetings . Special meetings of shareholders may be called at any time but only by the chairman of the board or the president of the Corporation or by the board of directors of the Corporation.

Article 9. Registered Office . The street address of the Corporation’s initial registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19081 and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

Article 10. Approval for Acquisitions of Control and Offers to Acquire Control . The provisions of this Article 10 shall become effective upon the consummation of the conversion of First Federal Savings and Loan Association of Waterbury (the “Association”) to a capital stock savings and loan association and the Association concurrently becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation. In the event that thereafter the Association (or any successor institution) ceases to be a majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, this Article 10 shall thereupon cease to be effective.

 

  Subsection 1 . Five-Year Restrictions on Acquisitions of Control and Offers to Acquire Control.

For a period of five years after the consummation of the conversion of the Association to a capital stock savings and loan association, no Person shall acquire control of the Corporation, or make any Offer to acquire Control of the Corporation, unless such acquisition or Offer has received the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the board of directors of the Corporation called for such purpose. The terms “Person,” “Control” and “Offer” as used in this Article 10 are defined in subsection 5 hereof.

 

  Subsection 2 . [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

  Subsection 3 . Excess Shares.

In the event that Control of the Corporation is acquired in violation of this Article 10, all shares of Voting Stock owned by the Person so acquiring Control in excess of the number of shares the beneficial ownership of which is deemed under subsection 5 hereof to confer Control of the Corporation shall be considered from and after the date of their acquisition by such Person to be “excess shares” for purposes of this Article 10. Such excess shares shall thereafter no longer (i) be entitled to vote on any matter, (ii) be entitled to take other shareholder action, (iii) be entitled to be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares for purposes of any matter involving shareholder action, or (iv) be transferable except with the approval of the board of directors or by an independent trustee appointed by the board of directors for the purpose of having such excess shares sold on the open market or otherwise. The proceeds from the sale by the trustee of such excess shares shall be paid (i) first, to the trustee in an amount equal to the trustee’s

 

- 4 -


reasonable fees and expenses, (ii) second, to the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Article 12, Subsection 3, paragraph B hereof) of such excess shares in an amount up to such owner’s federal income tax basis in such excess shares, and (iii) third, to the Corporation as to any remaining balance.

 

  Subsection 4 . Approval Required for Offers to Acquire Control after Five Years.

After five years from the consummation of the conversion of the Association to a capital stock savings and loan association, no Person shall make any Offer to acquire Control of the Corporation, if the common stock is then traded on a national securities exchange or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System, unless such Person has received prior approval to make such Offer by complying with either of the following procedures:

1. The Offer shall have been approved by at least two-thirds of the directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the board of directors of the Corporation called for such purpose, or

2. The Person proposing to make such Offer shall have obtained approval from the FSLIC, pursuant to the Control Act, the Holding Company Act, or any successor provisions of law, to acquire control of the Corporation.

 

  Subsection 5 . Certain Definitions.

For purposes of this Article 10:

A. “Control” means the sole or shared power to vote or to direct the voting of, or to dispose or to direct the disposition of, 10 percent or more of the Voting Stock; provided, that the solicitation, holding and voting of proxies obtained by the board of directors of the Corporation pursuant to a solicitation under Regulation 14A of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) shall not constitute “Control.”

B. “Group Acting in Concert” includes Persons seeking to combine or pool their voting or other interests in the Voting Stock for a common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise; provided, that a “Group Acting in Concert” shall not include the board of directors of the Corporation in its solicitation, holding and voting of proxies obtained by it pursuant to a solicitation under Regulation 14A of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.

C. “Offer” means every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tender of, Voting Stock.

 

- 5 -


D. “Person” means any individual, firm, corporation or other entity including a Group Acting in Concert.

E. “Voting Stock” means the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

  Subsection 6 . Inapplicability to Public Offering or Employee Benefit Plans.

This Article 10 shall not apply to an acquisition or offer to acquire securities of the Corporation (i) by underwriters in connection with a public offering of such securities or (ii) by any employee stock purchase plan or other employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

 

  Subsection 7 . References to FSLIC.

In the event that the accounts of the Association (or any successor institution) become insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) in lieu of the FSLIC, all references in this Article 10 to the FSLIC shall be deemed to refer to the FDIC, and related references to the Control Act and the Holding Company Act shall be deemed to be references to applicable statutes relating to banks the accounts of which are insured by the FDIC.

Article 11. Criteria for Evaluating Certain Offers . The board of directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer to (i) make a tender or exchange offer for the common stock of the Corporation, (ii) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another institution, or (iii) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation, shall, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including without limitation the economic effects of acceptance of such offer on (a) depositors, borrowers and employees of the insured institution subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation, and on the communities in which such subsidiary or subsidiaries operate or are located and (b) the ability of such subsidiary or subsidiaries to fulfill the objectives of an insured institution under applicable federal statutes and regulations.

Article 12. Certain Business Combinations .

The votes of shareholders and directors required to approve any Business Combination shall be as set forth in this Article 12. The term “Business Combination” is used as defined in subsection 1 of this Article 12. All other capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Article 12 or elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation are used as defined in subsection 3 of this Article 12.

 

- 6 -


  Subsection 1 . Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.

A. Higher Vote for Certain Business Combinations . In addition to any affirmative vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in subsection 2 of this Article 12:

(i) any merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (a) any Interested Shareholder (as hereinafter defined) or (b) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Shareholder) which is, or after the merger, consolidation or share exchange would be, an Affiliate or Associate (as those terms are hereinafter defined) of such Interested Shareholder prior to the transaction; or

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition other than in the usual and regular course of business (in one transaction or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) to any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Shareholder, other than the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having, measured at the time the transaction or transactions are approved by the board of directors of the Corporation, an aggregate book value as of the end of the Corporation’s most recent fiscal quarter of ten percent or more of the total Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation or of its net worth as of the end of its most recent fiscal quarter; or

(iii) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any equity securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate Market Value of five percent or more of the total Market Value of the outstanding shares of the Corporation to any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder, other than the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, except pursuant to the exercise of warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase securities offered, issued or granted pro rata to all holders of the Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation or any other method affording substantially proportionate treatment to the holders of Voting Stock; or

(iv) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or any Subsidiary

 

- 7 -


proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Shareholder, other than the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries; or

(v) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Shareholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of transactions, of increasing the proportionate amount of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which is directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder, other than the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

shall be approved by affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the total number of outstanding shares of Voting Stock Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law.

B. Definition of “Business Combination .” The term “Business Combination” as used in this Article 12 shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of clauses (i) through (v) of paragraph A of this subsection 1.

 

  Subsection 2 . When Higher Vote Is Not Required.

The provisions of subsection 1 of this Article 12 shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, if all of the conditions specified in either paragraph A or paragraph B are met:

A. Approval by Continuing Directors . The Business Combination shall have been approved by at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the board of directors of the Corporation called for such purpose.

B. Price and Procedure Requirements . All of the following conditions shall have been met:

(i) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Market Value as of the Valuation Date (as hereinafter defined) of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash to be

 

- 8 -


received per share by holders of common stock in such Business Combination shall be at least equal to the highest of the following:

(a) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by the Interested Shareholder for any shares of common stock acquired by it (1) within the two-year period immediately prior to the first public announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination (the “Announcement Date”) or (2) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher; or

(b) the Market Value per share of common stock of the same class or series on the Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (such latter date is referred to in this Article 12 as the “Determination Date”), whichever is higher; or

(c) the price per share equal to the Market Value per share of common stock of the same class or series determined pursuant to subdivision (i)(b) hereof, multiplied by the fraction of (1) the highest per share price (including brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers fees) paid by the Interested Shareholder for any shares of common stock of the same class or series acquired by it within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date, over (2) the Market Value per share of common stock of the same class or series on the first day in such two-year period on which the Interested Shareholder acquired shares of common stock.

(ii) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Market Value as of the Valuation Date of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any class or series of outstanding Voting Stock, other than common stock, shall be at least equal to the highest of the following (it being intended that the requirements of this paragraph B(ii) shall be required to be met with respect to every class of outstanding Voting Stock, whether or not the Interested Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of a particular class of Voting Stock):

(a) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by the Interested Shareholder for any shares

 

- 9 -


of such class or series of Voting Stock acquired by it: (1) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date or (2) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher; or

(b) (if applicable) the highest preferential amount per share to which the holders of shares of such class or series of Voting Stock are entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; or

(c) the Market Value per share of such class or series of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher; or

(d) the price per share equal to the Market Value per share of such class or series of stock determined pursuant to subdivision (ii)(c) hereof multiplied by the fraction of (1) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers’ fees) paid by the Interested Shareholder for any shares of any class or series of Voting Stock acquired by it within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date over (2) the Market Value per share of the same class or series of Voting Stock on the first day in such two-year period on which the Interested Shareholder acquired any shares of the same class or series of Voting Stock.

(iii) The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class or series of outstanding Voting Stock shall be in cash or in the same form as the Interested Shareholder has previously paid for shares of such class or series of Voting Stock. If the Interested Shareholder has paid for shares of any class or series of Voting Stock with varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration for such class or series of Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number of shares of such class or series of Voting Stock previously acquired by it.

(iv) After such Interested Shareholder has become an Interested Shareholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination: (a) there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding preferred stock of the Corporation; (b) there shall have been (1) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on any class or

 

- 10 -


series of the capital stock of the Corporation (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the capital stock), and (2) an increase in such annual rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any reclassification (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares of common stock; and (c) such Interested Shareholder shall have not become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of capital stock except as part of the transaction which results in such Interested Shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder or by virtue of proportionate stock splits or stock dividends.

The provisions of subdivisions (iv)(a) and (iv)(b) of this subsection do not apply if the Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of the Interested Shareholder voted as a director of the Corporation in a manner inconsistent with such subdivisions, and the Interested Shareholder, within ten days after any act or failure to act inconsistent with such subdivisions, notifies the board of directors of the Corporation in writing that the Interested Shareholder disapproves thereof and requests in good faith that the board of directors rectify such act or failure to act.

(v) After such Interested Shareholder has become an Interested Shareholder, such Interested Shareholder shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (whether in anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise).

(vi) A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed to public shareholders of the Corporation at least 20 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).

 

- 11 -


  Subsection 3. Certain Definitions.

For the purposes of this Article 12:

A. “Interested Shareholder” shall mean any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary or any employee stock purchase plan or other employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which:

(i) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10 percent or more of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

(ii) is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10 percent or more of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock.

B. “Beneficial owner,” when used with respect to any Voting Stock, means a person:

(i) that, individually or with any of its Affiliates or Associates, beneficially owns Voting Stock directly or indirectly; or

(ii) that, individually or with any of its Affiliates or Associates, has (a) the right to acquire Voting Stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; (b) the right to vote or direct the voting of Voting Stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or (c) the right to dispose of or to direct the disposition of Voting Stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

(iii) that, individually or with any of its Affiliates or Associates, has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of Voting Stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such shares of Voting Stock.

C. For the purposes of determining whether a person is an Interested Shareholder pursuant to paragraph A of this subsection 3, the number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through application of paragraph B of this subsection 3 but shall not include any other shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

- 12 -


D. “Affiliate” means a person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, a specified person.

E. “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (1) any domestic or foreign corporation or organization, other than the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation, of which such person is an officer, director or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent or more of any class of equity securities; (2) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (3) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates.

F. “Subsidiary” means any corporation of which Voting Stock having a majority of the votes entitled to be cast is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

G. “Continuing Director” means any member of the board of directors of the Corporation who is unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and was a member of the board of directors of the Corporation prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder (including any Affiliate or Associate of such Interested Shareholder) became an Interested Shareholder, and any successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the board of directors of the Corporation.

H. “Market Value” means:

(i) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the composite tape for New York Stock Exchange - listed stocks, or, if such stock is not quoted on the composite tape, or the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on such exchange, the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing sales price or bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or any system then in use, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by the board of directors of the Corporation in good faith; and

 

- 13 -


(ii) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined by a majority of the board of directors of the Corporation in good faith.

I. “Valuation Date” means: (A) for a Business Combination voted on by shareholders, the latter of the day prior to the date of the shareholders’ vote or the date twenty days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination; and (B) for a Business Combination not voted upon by the shareholders, the date of the consummation of the Business Combination.

J. “Voting Stock” means the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

K. In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, the phrase “consideration other than cash to be received” as used in paragraphs B(i) and B(ii) of Section 2 of this Article 12 shall include the shares of common stock and/or the shares of any other class or series of outstanding Voting Stock retained by the holders of such shares.

 

  Subsection 4 . Powers of the Board of Directors.

A majority of the Corporation’s directors then in office shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article 12, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, (A) whether a person is an Interested Shareholder, (B) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person, (C) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, and (D) whether the requirements of paragraph B of Section 2 have been met with respect to any Business Combination; and the good faith determination of a majority of the board of directors on such matters shall be conclusive and binding for all the purposes of this Article 12.

 

  Subsection 5 . No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested Shareholders.

Nothing contained in this Article 12 shall be construed to relieve any Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

Article 13. Anti-Greenmail . Any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by the Corporation of any Voting Stock (as defined in Article 12 hereof) from any Significant Shareholder (as hereinafter defined) who has been the beneficial owner (as defined in Article 12 hereof) of such Voting Stock for less than two years prior to the date of such purchase or other acquisition shall, except as hereinafter expressly provided, require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of Voting Stock, excluding in calculating such affirmative vote and the total number of outstanding shares all

 

- 14 -


Voting Stock beneficially owned by such Significant Shareholder. Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law, but no such affirmative vote shall be required (i) with respect to any purchase or other acquisition of Voting Stock made as part of a tender or exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase Voting Stock on the same terms from all holders of the same class of Voting Stock and complying with the applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder or (ii) with respect to any purchase of Voting Stock, where the Board of Directors has determined that the purchase price per share of the Voting Stock does not exceed the fair market value of the Voting Stock. Such fair market value shall be calculated on the basis of the average closing price or the mean of the bid and ask prices of a share of Voting Stock for the 20 trading days immediately preceding the execution of a definitive agreement to purchase the Voting Stock from a Significant Shareholder.

For the purposes of this Article 13, “Significant Shareholder” shall mean any person (other than the Corporation or any corporation of which a majority of any class of Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation) who or which is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of five percent or more of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock.

Article 14. Shareholder Action . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be affected by any consent in writing by such holders, unless such consent is unanimous.

Article 15. Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation . Except as set forth in this Article 15 or as otherwise specifically required by law, no amendment of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be made unless such amendment has been first proposed by the board of directors of the Corporation upon the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the board of directors called for such purpose and thereafter approved by the shareholders of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereon at a duly called annual or special meeting; provided, however, that if such amendment is to the provisions set forth in this clause of Article 15 or in Article 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 13 or 14 hereof, such amendment must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote thereon rather than a majority; provided, further, that if such amendment is to the provisions set forth in this clause of Article 15 or in Article 12 hereof, such amendment must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the shares entitled to vote thereon rather than a majority.

 

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.6

BYLAWS

OF

WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

(As amended effective April 26, 2012)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the city of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

SECTION 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

SECTION 1. Place of Meetings. Meetings of shareholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

SECTION 2. Annual Meetings. The annual meetings of shareholders shall be held at Webster Plaza, Waterbury, Connecticut on the third Thursday of April at 11:00 a.m. or at such other place, date and hour as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the shareholders shall elect a board of directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Except as may otherwise be specifically provided by law, written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. The notice shall also set forth the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

SECTION 3. Business at Annual Meeting. At an annual meeting of the shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the board of directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a shareholder.

For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 30 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than 45 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to shareholders, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. A shareholder’s notice to the secretary shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the shareholder proposing such business, (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the shareholder, and (d) any material interest of the shareholder in such business. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3. The chairman of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the annual meeting that a matter of business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.


SECTION 4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose may be called only as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Except as may otherwise be specifically provided by law, written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

SECTION 5. Quorum. The holders of one-third of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

SECTION 6. Voting. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any matter brought before any meeting of shareholders shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast on the matter. Each shareholder represented at a meeting of shareholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such shareholder. The board of directors, in its discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

SECTION 7. List of Shareholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each shareholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each shareholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder of the Corporation who is present.

SECTION 8. Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of shareholders.

SECTION 9. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote in person or by proxy to the extent permitted by applicable law. The proxy may be executed by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-infact. A shareholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such shareholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the shareholder or the shareholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing the writing or causing the person’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, facsimile signature. A shareholder also may authorize another person or persons to act for such shareholder as proxy (a) by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegraph, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the shareholder, or (b) as otherwise permitted by law. Proxies solicited on behalf of the board of directors shall be voted as directed by the shareholder or, in the absence of such direction, as determined by a majority of the board of directors. No proxy shall be valid after three years from its date, unless, the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

SECTION 10. Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More Persons. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary


relationship respecting the same shares, unless the secretary of the Corporation is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (1) if only one votes, his act binds all; (2) if more than one vote, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (3) if more than one vote, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or any person voting the shares, or a beneficiary, if any, may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court as may have jurisdiction to appoint an additional person to act with the persons so voting the shares, which shall then be voted as determined by a majority of such persons and the person appointed by the Court. If the instrument so filed shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purposes of this subsection shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

SECTION 11. Reserved.

SECTION 12. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by any officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine. Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator may be voted by him, but no trustees shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer into his name if authority so to do is contained in an appropriate order of the court or other public authority by which such receiver was appointed.

A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation he has expressly empowered that pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or his proxy, may represent such stock and vote thereon.

Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the Corporation, nor shares held by another corporation, if a majority of shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation are held by the Corporation, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

SECTION 13. Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the board of directors may appoint any persons other than nominees for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. The number of inspectors shall be either one or three. If the board of directors so appoints either one or three such inspectors, that appointment shall not be altered at the meeting. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the chairman of the board or the president may, and on the request of not less than ten percent of the votes represented at the meeting shall, make such appointments at the meeting. If appointed at the meeting, the majority of the votes present shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment by the board of directors in advance of the meeting or by the chairman of the board or the president.

Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the duties of such inspectors shall include: determining the number of shares of stock entitled to vote, the voting power of each share, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or the vote with fairness to all shareholders.

SECTION 14. Conduct of Meetings . Annual and special meetings shall be conducted in accordance with rules prescribed by the presiding officer of the meeting, unless otherwise prescribed by law or these bylaws. The board of directors shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the board or the president to preside at such meetings.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. Number and Election of Directors . The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall not be fewer than seven nor more than fifteen. Within the limits above specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution by the Board of Directors. Directors need not be residents of the State of


Delaware. To be eligible for nomination as a director, a nominee must be a resident of the State of Connecticut at the time of his nomination or, if not then a resident, have been previously a resident for at least three years. Except as provided in Section 1 of this Article III, each director shall be elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast with respect to the director at any meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, provided that if the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected, the directors shall be elected by the vote of a plurality of the shares represented in person or by proxy at any such meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. For purposes of this Section, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of shares voted “for” a director must exceed the number of votes cast “against” that director.

Any incumbent director who is nominated for election by the board of directors or a committee thereof shall, as a condition to such nomination submit a conditional and, in the case of an uncontested election, irrevocable letter of resignation to the Chairman of the Board. If an incumbent director is not elected, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider the conditional resignation of such nominee and make a recommendation to the board of directors on whether to accept or reject the conditional resignation, or whether other action should be taken. The board of directors will act on the Committee’s recommendation and publicly disclose its decision and the rationale behind it within 90 days from the date of the certification of the election results. The director whose conditional resignation is being considered will not participate in the Committee’s recommendation or the board of directors’ decision. In addition, if there are not at least two members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee who either were elected at the meeting or did not stand for election, then each of the independent members of the board of directors who either were elected at the meeting or did not stand for election shall appoint a committee amongst themselves to consider the resignation offer and recommend to the board of directors whether to accept it (which committee of the independent members shall act in lieu of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee with respect to the resignation offer in such situation).

Directors shall be elected only by shareholders at annual meetings of shareholders, other than the initial board of directors and except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III in the case of vacancies and newly created directorships.

Each director elected shall hold office for the term for which he is elected and until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. After the Corporation becomes publicly-owned, each director is required to own not less than 100 shares of the common stock of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. Terms of Office; Vacancies. No decrease in the number of directors shall affect the term of any director then in office. At each annual meeting of shareholders, directors elected to succeed those whose terms are expiring shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and when their respective successors are elected and qualified.

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled, for the unexpired term, by the concurring vote of a majority of the directors then in office, whether or not a quorum, and any director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

SECTION 3. Duties and Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders. The board of directors shall annually elect a chairman of the board and a president from among its members and shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the board or the president to preside at its meetings.

SECTION 4. Meetings. The board of directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. The annual regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of the shareholders. Additional regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held monthly, and may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the board of directors. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the chairman of the board, the president or a majority of directors then in office. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting, or by telephone or telegram on 24 hours’ notice.


SECTION 5. Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, at all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

SECTION 6. Actions Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee.

SECTION 7. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Members of the board of directors of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 7 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 8. Compensation. The board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their reasonable expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a reasonable fixed sum for actual attendance at each meeting of the board of directors. Directors, as such, may receive a stated salary for their services. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

SECTION 9. Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the board of directors or the committee, and the board of directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board of directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

SECTION 10. Corporate Books. The directors may keep the books of the Corporation outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.

SECTION 11. Presumption of Assent. A director of the Corporation who is present at meeting of the board of directors at which action on any matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent or abstention shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the Corporation within five days after the date he receives a copy of the minutes of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

SECTION 12. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the chairman of the board or the president of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein such resignation


shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the chairman of the board or the president. More than three consecutive absences from regular meetings of the board of directors, unless excused by resolution of the board of directors, shall automatically constitute a resignation, effective when such resignation is accepted by the board of directors.

SECTION 13. Nominees. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 13 shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of shareholders by or at the direction of the board of directors or by any shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 13. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 30 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than 45 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to shareholders, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. Such shareholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by such person, and (iv) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations or proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including without limitation such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (b) as to the shareholder giving notice (i) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of such shareholder and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by such shareholder. At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by the board of directors for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary of the Corporation that information required to be set forth in a shareholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 13. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with procedures prescribed by the bylaws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

ARTICLE IV

EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

SECTION 1. Appointment. The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board, may designate the chief executive officer and two or more other directors to constitute an executive committee. The chairman of the board shall serve as the chairman of the executive committee, unless a different director is designated as chairman by the board of directors. The designation of any committee pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of authority thereto shall not operate to relieve the board of directors, or any director, of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

SECTION 2. Authority. The executive committee, when the board of directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, except to the extent, if any, that such powers and authority shall be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also that the executive committee shall not have the power or authority of the board of directors with reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation; adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation; recommending to the shareholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets; recommending to the shareholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution; amending the bylaws of the Corporation; filling a vacancy or creating a new directorship; or approving a transaction in which any member of the executive committee, directly or indirectly, has any material beneficial interest; and unless the resolution or bylaws expressly so provide, the executive committee shall not have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for stock.


SECTION 3. Tenure. Subject to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article IV, each member of the executive committee shall hold office until the next annual regular meeting of the board of directors following his designation and until his successor is designated as a member of the executive committee.

SECTION 4. Meetings. Regular meetings of the executive committee may be held without notice at such times and places as the executive committee may fix from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may be called by the chairman of the executive committee, the chief executive officer or any two members thereof upon not less than one day’s notice stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, which notice may be written or oral. Any member of the executive committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice of any meeting need be given to any member thereof who attends in person. The notice of a meeting of the executive committee need not state the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

SECTION 5. Quorum. A majority of the members of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting thereof, and action of the executive committee must be authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

SECTION 6. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the executive committee at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the members of the executive committee and the writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee.

SECTION 7. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the executive committee may be filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.

SECTION 8. Resignations and Removal. Any member of the executive committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors. Any member of the executive committee may resign from the executive committee at any time by giving written notice to the chairman of the board or the president of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt. The acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 9. Procedure. The executive committee may fix its own rules of procedure which shall not be inconsistent with these bylaws. It shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the full board of directors for its information at the meeting thereof held next after the proceedings shall have been taken.

SECTION 10. Other Committees. The board of directors by resolution shall establish an audit committee, and a stock option committee, composed in each case only of directors who are not employees of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof. The board of directors by resolution may also establish such other committees composed of directors as they may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Corporation and may prescribe the duties and powers thereof.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. Positions. The officers of the Corporation shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and a treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the board of directors. The board of directors may also designate the chairman of the board as an officer. The president shall be the chief executive officer, unless the board of directors designates the chairman of the board as the chief executive officer. The president may serve as the chairman of the board, if so designated by the board of directors. The offices of the secretary and treasurer may be held by the same person and a vice president may also be either the secretary or the treasurer. The board of directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president or senior vice president. The board of directors may also elect or authorize the appointment of such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require. The officers shall have such authority and perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to time authorize or determine. In the absence of action by the board of directors, the officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices.


SECTION 2. Election. The board of directors at its first meeting held after the annual meeting of shareholders shall elect annually the officers of the Corporation who shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be set forth in these bylaws and as determined from time to time by the board of directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the board of directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

SECTION 3. Removal. Any officer may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal, other than for cause, shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

SECTION 4. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the chairman of the board, the president or any vice president, and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The board of directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK

SECTION 1. Certificated and Uncertificated Shares. Shares of the Corporation’s stock may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under Delaware law. If the shares are certificated, the Corporation shall cause to be issued to the holder of such shares one or more certificates signed by or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the chairman of the board or the president and (ii) by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. At the time of issue or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send the shareholder a written statement of information required on the certificates by Section 8-151 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

SECTION 2. Signatures. Any and all of the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of issue.

SECTION 3. Lost Certificates. The chairman of the board, the president or any vice president may direct that (i) a new certificate or certificates or (ii) uncertificated shares, to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the chairman of the board, the president or any vice president may, in his discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as such officer may require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as he may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

SECTION 4. Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Transfer of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or uncertificated security or by his attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate, in the case of shares of stock represented by a certificate, or uncertificated security therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate or uncertificated security shall be issued.


SECTION 5. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the shareholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days prior to such action.

SECTION 6. Beneficial Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

SECTION 1. Notices. Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws to be given to any director, members of a committee or shareholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, members of a committee or shareholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the Unites States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

SECTION 2. Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws to be given to any director, member of a committee or shareholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting with the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the shareholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any other waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the laws of the State of Delaware, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, such dividends may be paid either out of surplus, out of the net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

SECTION 2. Disbursement. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.


SECTION 3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be December 31.

SECTION 4. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words. “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article IX, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therein, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding, and any appeals therein, by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

SECTION 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article IX, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against amounts paid in settlement and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, If he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made against expenses in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation or against amounts paid in settlement unless and only to the extent that there is a determination (as set forth in Section 3 of this Article IX) that despite the adjudication of liability or the settlement, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses or amounts paid in settlement.

SECTION 3. Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article IX (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, trustee, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such director, officer, trustee, employee or agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article IX and, if applicable, is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity as set forth in the proviso in Section 2 of this Article IX, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the shareholders. To the extent, however, that a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case. No director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of the Corporation shall be entitled to indemnification in connection with any action, suit or proceeding voluntarily initiated by such person unless the action, suit or proceeding was authorized by a majority of the entire board of directors.


SECTION 4. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article IX, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, if his action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any association, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article IX, as the case may be.

SECTION 5. Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article IX, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director, officer, trustee, employee or agent may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article IX. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director, officer, trustee, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article IX, as the case may be. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, unless otherwise required by law, no director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of the Corporation shall be entitled to indemnification in connection with any action, suit or proceeding voluntarily initiated by such person unless the action, suit or proceeding was authorized by a majority of the entire board of directors.

SECTION 6. Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses incurred in connection with a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, trustee, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IX.

SECTION 7. Contract, Non-exclusivity and Survival of Indemnification. The indemnification provided by this Article IX shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee and agent who serves in such capacity at any time while this Article IX is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Further, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any certificate of incorporation, bylaw, agreement, contract, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that, subject to the limitation in Section 3 of this Article IX concerning voluntary initiation of actions, suits or proceedings, indemnification of the person specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article IX shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article IX shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article IX but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the law of the State of Delaware. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of each person.

SECTION 8. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article IX.


SECTION 9. Meaning of “Corporation” for Purposes of Article IX. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprises, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting of surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

SECTION 10. Limitations on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in these bylaws, no indemnification shall be paid by the Corporation if it violates the applicable restrictions on indemnification set forth in section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(k)).

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

The board of directors or the shareholders may from time to time amend the bylaws of the Corporation. Such action by the board of directors shall require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the board of directors called for such purpose. Such action by the shareholders shall require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders called for such purpose.

***************

Exhibit 10.1

WEBSTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN

(as amended and restated effective October 23, 2006,

as further amended effective January 28, 2007, April 26, 2007, February 21,

2008, April 21, 2008, February 26, 2010 and February 22, 2012)

Webster Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) sets forth herein the terms of this 1992 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) as follows:

 

1. PURPOSE.

The Plan is intended to advance the interests of the Corporation by providing eligible individuals (as designated pursuant to Section 4 below) with an opportunity to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Corporation, which thereby will create a stronger incentive to expend maximum effort for the growth and success of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and will encourage such eligible individuals to remain in the employ or service of the Corporation or that of one or more of its subsidiaries. To this end, the Plan provides for the grant of stock options (“Options”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), Restricted Stock (as defined in Section 6(b)), Performance-Based Stock (as defined in Section 6(c)) and Stock Units (as defined in Section 6(e)) to eligible individuals. Options granted under the Plan may be non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options, as provided herein. Grants of Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Stock and Stock Units under the Plan are referred to collectively as “Incentive Awards.” The agreements setting out the terms of such grants are referred to collectively as “Award Agreements.” An Award Agreement may, from time to time, be issued as a grant notice (“Grant Notice”).

 

2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”), which shall have the full power and authority to take all actions, and to make all determinations required or provided for under the Plan or any Incentive Award granted or Award Agreement entered into hereunder and all such other actions and determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and provisions of the Plan deemed by the Board to be necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan or any Incentive Award granted or Award Agreement entered into hereunder. All such actions and determinations shall be by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board present at a meeting at which any issue relating to the Plan is properly raised for consideration or by unanimous consent of the Board executed in writing in accordance with the

 

1


Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, and with applicable law. The interpretation and construction by the Board of any provision of the Plan or of any Incentive Award granted or Award Agreement entered into hereunder shall be final and conclusive.

(b) Committee. The Board may from time to time appoint a committee to administer the Plan (the “Committee”) consisting of two or more members of the Board who qualify in all respects as “non-employee directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and “outside directors” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Board, in its sole discretion, may provide that the role of the Committee shall be limited to making recommendations to the Board concerning any determinations to be made and actions to be taken by the Board pursuant to or with respect to the Plan, or the Board may delegate to the Committee such powers and authorities related to the administration of the Plan, as set forth in Section 2(a) above, as the Board shall determine, consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Corporation and applicable law. The Board may remove members, add members, and fill vacancies on the Committee from time to time, all in accordance with the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, and with applicable law. The majority vote of the Committee, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee.

(c) Designated Officer . In addition to delegation to the Committee, the Board may delegate to any officer of the Corporation (the “Designated Officer”) the power and authority to grant Incentive Awards under the Plan to any employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, who is employed at a level below Executive Vice President; provided , however , that the Designated Officer shall not grant Incentive Awards covering Stock in excess of the aggregate maximum number of shares of Stock specified by the Board for such purpose at the time of delegation to such officer (or in excess of the number of shares of Stock remaining available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Incentive Awards).

(d) Delegation to the Committee or the Designated Officer. In the event that the Plan or any Incentive Award granted or Award Agreement entered into hereunder provides for any action to be taken by or determination to be made by the Board, such action may be taken by or such determination may be made by the Committee or the Designated Officer if the power and authority to do so has been delegated to the Committee or the Designated Officer, respectively, by the Board as provided for in Section 2(b) or Section 2(c) above. Unless otherwise expressly determined by the Board, any such action or determination by the Committee or the Designated Officer shall be final and conclusive.

 

2


(e) No Liability . No member of the Board or of the Committee nor any Designated Officer shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Incentive Award granted or Award Agreement entered into hereunder.”

 

3. STOCK.

The stock that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Awards granted under the Plan shall be shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation (the “Stock”), which shares may be treasury shares or authorized but unissued shares. The number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate 10,861,000 shares. Of the aggregate shares, 2,600,000 resulted from an increase to the prior share pool, approved by the Board on February 26, 2010 (the “2010 Amendment Date”), subject to approval by the shareholders of the Corporation at the Corporation’s 2010 annual meeting. The number of shares so reserved is subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided in Section 17 below. On and after the 2010 Amendment Date, all shares remaining or again becoming available for issuance may be used to cover any type of Incentive Award. Prior to the 2010 Amendment Date, of the aggregate shares, the Plan included limitations on the number of shares that could be issued as Restricted Stock or Performance-Based Stock.

Shares of Stock covered by an Incentive Award shall be counted against the share pool as of the date of grant. Any shares that are subject to Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Stock, Stock Unit or any other full value award shall be counted against the share pool limit set forth in the preceding paragraph as two (2) shares for every one (1) share subject to an award. Any shares of Stock that are subject to any award other than a Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Stock, Stock Unit or other full value award shall be counted against the limit set forth in the preceding paragraph as one (1) share for every one (1) share subject to an award. If any Incentive Award expires, terminates, or is terminated for any reason before exercise or vesting in full, the shares of Stock that were subject to the unexercised, forfeited, expired or terminated portion of such Incentive Award shall be available for future grants of Incentive Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, liberal share counting is not permitted under the Plan such that no shares of Stock derived from any of the following circumstances may be added to the Plan’s reserve of shares: (i) shares tendered in payment of an Option, (ii) shares withheld for taxes, (iii) shares repurchased by the Corporation using Option proceeds, or (iv) SARs settled in Stock when only the shares delivered are counted against the Plan reserve.

 

3


4. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Employees and Subsidiary Directors. Incentive Awards may be granted under the Plan to any full-time employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (including any such employee who is an officer or director of the Corporation or any Subsidiary) or to any directors of a Subsidiary who are not officers or employees of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (“Subsidiary Directors”) as the Board shall determine and designate from time to time before expiration or termination of the Plan. (An eligible individual who receives an Incentive Award under the Plan shall be referred to as a “Grantee.”) The maximum number of shares of Stock subject to Options or SARs that may be granted under the Plan to any officer or other employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any calendar year is 500,000 shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 17 hereof). The maximum number of shares of Stock that can be awarded under the Plan as Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Stock and Stock Units to any officer or other employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any calendar year is 100,000 shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 17 hereof).

(b) Non-Employee Directors. Effective April 26, 2001, directors of the Corporation who are not officers or other salaried employees of the Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof (“Non-Employee Directors”) shall be eligible to become Grantees under the Plan.

An individual may hold more than one Incentive Award, subject to such restrictions as are provided herein.

 

5. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN.

(a) Effective Date. The Plan was effective as of March 23, 1992. The Plan has been previously restated twice effective April 26, 2001 and January 31, 2005, respectively. The Plan now is amended and restated effective October 23, 2006, and shall be applicable to Incentive Awards granted on or after that date.

(b) Term. The Plan shall terminate on February 26, 2020.

 

6. GRANT OF INCENTIVE AWARDS.

(a) Options . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Board may, at any time and from time to time, before the date of termination of the Plan, award to a Grantee Options to purchase such number of shares of the Stock on such terms and conditions as the Board may determine, including any terms or conditions which may be necessary to qualify such Options as incentive stock options (“Incentive Stock Options) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the corresponding provision of any subsequently enacted tax statute (the “Code”). The date on which the Board

 

4


approves the grant of an Option shall be considered the date on which such Option is granted; provided that the date of on which the Grantee first renders services to the Company or a Subsidiary (the “Hire Date”) shall be the grant date if the Hire Date is later than the date on which the Board approves the grant. No Option may be exercisable after the date of grant prior to the completion of a minimum of one year of service for the Corporation or a Subsidiary from the date of such grant to the Grantee, unless the Board provides that such service will not be required in the case of death or disability of the Grantee. The Board shall account for which Options were granted from the increased shares in its sole and complete discretion.

(b) Restricted Stock Awards . For purposes of the Plan, “Restricted Stock” means shares of Stock awarded to a Grantee pursuant to this Section 6(b), which are subject to forfeiture restrictions based on the Grantee’s length of service or other non-performance-based criteria. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Board may, at any time and from time to time, before the date of termination of the Plan, award to a Grantee shares of Restricted Stock . Except with respect to Restricted Stock issued upon fulfillment of the performance criteria for Performance-Based Stock, no Restricted Stock award may vest prior to the completion of a minimum of one year of service for the Corporation or a Subsidiary from the date of such grant to the Grantee, unless the Board provides that such service will not be required in the case of death or disability of the Grantee. Each grant of Restricted Stock shall be effected by the execution of an Award Agreement setting out the terms and conditions applicable thereto and by the issuance of shares of Restricted Stock.

Upon attainment of the vesting requirements (or, to the extent specified by the Board, partial attainment of such requirements), the Grantee of a Restricted Stock award shall be entitled to the shares of Stock specified in the grant (or the portion of such shares earned by partial attainment of the requirements, as applicable) free of restrictions, except as set out in Section 15. Upon the failure of the Grantee to pay the price specified for the shares within the time set by the Board at the time of the grant or upon termination of the Grantee’s employment without the Grantee having satisfied the service requirement specified at the time of grant, except as shall otherwise have been specified in the Award Agreement at the time of grant or in an amendment thereto, the shares of Restricted Stock (or appropriate portion thereof) shall be forfeited and shall again be available for re-grant under the terms of the Plan. The Board may require that the certificates evidencing the grant of shares of Restricted Stock hereunder be held by an officer of the Corporation until such restrictions have expired. The Board may also cause a legend to be placed on such certificates making appropriate reference to the restrictions to which the shares are subject. Unless the Board otherwise provides in an Award Agreement, Grantees of Restricted Stock shall have the right to vote such Stock and the right to receive any dividends declared or paid with respect to such Stock. The Board shall determine the amount, form, timing and other terms

 

5


regarding payment of such dividends. The Board may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock must be reinvested in shares of Stock, which may or may not be subject to the same vesting conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

(c) Performance-Based Stock Awards . For purposes of the Plan, “Performance-Based Stock” means an Incentive Award granted to a Grantee pursuant to this Section 6(c), which is subject to the attainment of pre-established performance goals over a performance period of at least one year and up to ten years, the attainment of which would, subject to the additional terms and conditions of this paragraph and the Plan generally, entitle the Grantee to receive Stock and/or Restricted Stock in a pre-determined amount or an amount determined pursuant to the performance criteria formulation. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Board may, at any time and from time to time, before the date of termination of the Plan, award to a Grantee an Incentive Award of Performance-Based Stock. No Performance-Based Stock may vest prior to the completion of a minimum of one year of service for the Corporation or a Subsidiary from the date of such grant to the Grantee, unless the Board provides that such service will not be required in the case of death or disability of the Grantee. Each grant of Performance-Based Stock shall be effected by the execution of an Award Agreement setting out the terms and conditions applicable thereto and, in the Board’s discretion, all or a portion of the shares of Stock subject to the Performance-Based Stock award may be issued at the time of grant subject to the applicable performance objectives.

The applicable performance objectives for a Performance-Based Stock award shall be established in writing by the Board before the ninetieth day after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such award and while the outcome is substantially uncertain, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m). Performance objectives shall be based on one or more of the following criteria: the Corporation’s Stock price, income, operating profit, assets and liabilities, stockholders equity, market share, operating revenue, operating expenses, financial ratings by outside agencies, earnings per share or return on assets, equity or investments. Performance objectives may include positive results, maintaining the status quo or limiting economic losses.

Upon attainment of the specified performance objectives (or, to the extent specified by the Board, partial attainment of such objectives), the Grantee of a Performance-Based Stock award shall be entitled to the shares of Stock and/or Restricted Stock specified in the grant (or the portion of such shares earned by partial attainment of the objectives, as applicable), except as set out in Section 15. Upon the failure of the Grantee to pay the price specified for the shares within the time set by the Board at the time of the grant or upon the expiration of the specified

 

6


period for attaining performance objectives without such objectives having been achieved, except as shall otherwise have been specified in the Award Agreement at the time of grant or in an amendment thereto, the shares of Performance-Based Stock (or appropriate portion thereof) shall be forfeited and shall again be available for re-grant under the terms of the Plan. The Board may require that the certificates evidencing the grant of shares of Performance-Based Stock hereunder be held by an officer of the Corporation until the applicable performance objectives have been attained. The Board may also cause a legend to be placed on such certificates making appropriate reference to the conditions to which the shares are subject. Unless the Board otherwise provides in an Award Agreement, with respect to Stock treated as issued subject to attainment of performance criteria, Grantees shall have the right to vote such Stock and the right to receive any dividends declared or paid with respect to such Stock. The Board shall determine the amount, form, timing and other terms regarding payment of any such dividends. The Board may provide that any dividends paid on Performance-Based Stock must be reinvested in shares of Stock, which may or may not be subject to the same conditions applicable to such Performance-Based Stock.

(d) Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Board may, at any time and from time to time, before the date of termination of the Plan award to a Grantee a SAR. A SAR shall confer on the Grantee to whom it is awarded the right to receive, upon exercise, the excess of (i) the fair market value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise (determined in good faith by the Board), over (ii) the grant price. Each grant of a SAR shall be effected by execution of an Award Agreement setting out the terms and conditions applicable thereto. The Award Agreement for a SAR shall specify the grant price of the SAR, which shall be no less than the fair market value of a share of Stock on the date of grant. The date on which the Board approves the award of a SAR shall be considered the date of grant. No SAR may be exercisable after the date of grant prior to the completion of a minimum of one year of service for the Corporation from the date of such grant to the Grantee, unless the Board provides that such service will not be required in the case of death or disability of the Grantee. Each SAR shall be settled in whole shares of Stock, with any fractional share of Stock that would result from exercise of the SAR eliminated entirely.

(e) Stock Units . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Board may, at any time and from time to time, before the date of termination of the Plan, award to a Grantee a Stock Unit. For purposes of the Plan, the term “Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of one share of Stock awarded to a Grantee pursuant to this Section 6(e), which is subject to forfeiture restrictions as determined by the Board and provided in the related Award Agreement. Stock Units shall be awarded on terms and conditions that otherwise would be permitted under the Plan to apply to Restricted Stock or Performance-Based Stock; provided, however, that holders of Stock Units shall have no right to

 

7


vote any Stock promised upon settlement of the Stock Unit or to “vote” the Stock Unit. The Board may provide in an Award Agreement evidencing a grant of Stock Units that the holder of such Stock Units shall be entitled to receive, upon the Company’s payment of a cash dividend on its outstanding Stock, a cash payment for each Stock Unit held equal to the per-share dividend paid on the Stock. The Board shall determine the amount, form, timing and other terms regarding payment of such dividends. The Board may provide that any dividends paid on Stock Units must be reinvested in shares of Stock, which may or may not be subject to the same vesting conditions and restrictions applicable to such Stock Units. A holder of Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement.

(f) Deferral. The Board may establish rules and procedures setting forth the circumstances under which distribution or the receipt of Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an Incentive Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Grantee and whether and to what extent the Corporation shall pay or credit amounts constituting interest (at rates determined by the Board) or dividends or deemed dividends on such deferrals.

 

7. LIMITATION ON INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.

An Option shall constitute an Incentive Stock Option only (i) if the Option is awarded to an eligible individual who is an employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation; (ii) to the extent specifically provided in the related Award Agreement; and (iii) to the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Grantee during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other plans of the Grantee’s employer corporation and its parent and subsidiary corporations within the meaning of Section 422(d) of the Code) does not exceed $100,000. This limitation shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

 

8


8. AWARD AGREEMENTS.

(a) General . All Incentive Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, in such form or forms as the Board shall from time to time determine. Award Agreements granted from time to time or at the same time need not contain similar provisions but shall be consistent with the terms of the Plan. Each Award Agreement evidencing an award of Options shall specify whether such Options are intended to be non-qualified stock options or Incentive Stock Options, and in the absence of such specification such options shall be deemed non-qualified stock options. To the extent an Award Agreement for an Option or SAR is issued in the form of a Grant Notice which omits the specific terms governing the Option or SAR, the standard provisions set forth in this Plan shall apply. In particular, under any such Grant Notice, the terms set forth in Sections 10, 11, 12, and 13, respectively, shall apply to (i) the term and exercisability of the Option or SAR; (ii) the transferability of the Option or SAR; (iii) the effect of termination of service or employment; or (iv) the rights in the event of death, disability or termination of employment on or after attainment of the normal retirement age as defined in the Corporation’s pension plan (“Normal Retirement”).

(b) “Clawback” Provisions . Any Incentive Award granted pursuant to this Plan is subject to mandatory repayment by the Grantee to the Corporation to the extent the Grantee is, or in the future becomes, subject to any Corporation “clawback” or recoupment policy that requires the repayment by the Grantee to the Corporation of compensation paid by the Corporation to the Grantee in the event the payment was based on results of a materially inaccurate financial statements or was based on materially inaccurate performance criteria, or in the event the Grantee fails to comply with, or otherwise violates, the terms of requirements of such policy.

(c) No Repricing . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Board shall not have the authority, without stockholder approval, (i) to accept the surrender of outstanding Options or SARs when the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is less than the exercise price and grant new Options, SARs or other Awards in substitution for them, (ii) to reduce the exercise price of any outstanding Option or SAR, or (iii) to take any other action that would be treated as a repricing under the rules of the stock exchange on which the Stock is listed; provided, that nothing in this Section 8(c) is intended to prevent appropriate adjustments to be made to outstanding Awards, without shareholder approval, pursuant to Section 16.

 

9. OPTION PRICE.

The purchase price of each share of the Stock subject to an Option (the “Option Price”) shall be fixed by the Board and stated in each Award Agreement, and shall be not less than the greater of par value or 100 percent of the fair market value of a share of the Stock on the date the Option is granted (as determined in

 

9


good faith by the Board); provided, however, that in the event the Grantee would otherwise be ineligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option by reason of the provisions of Sections 422(b)(6) and 424(d) of the Code (relating to stock ownership of more than 10 percent), the Option Price of an Option which is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the greater of par value or 110 percent of the fair market value of a share of Stock at the time such Option is granted. In the event that the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted to quotation on the Nasdaq National Market, or otherwise is publicly traded in an established securities market, in determining the fair market value of the Stock, the Board shall use the closing price of the Stock on such exchange or in such market (the highest such closing price if there is more than one such exchange or market) on the trading date immediately before the Option is granted (or, if there is no such closing price, then the Board shall use the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked prices or between the high and low prices on such date), or, if no sale of the Stock has been made on such day, on the next preceding day on which any such sale shall have been made.

No Option granted under the Plan shall be amended or modified so as to reduce the Option Price of such Option and no other action shall be taken to reprice any Option if such amendment, modification or other repricing would result in a charge against the earning of the Corporation or any of its affiliates.

 

10. TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND SARS.

(a) Term. Subject to Sections 12 and 13 below, each Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall terminate and all rights to acquire shares thereunder shall cease upon the expiration of 10 years from the date such Option or SAR is granted, or on such earlier date as explicitly stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that in the event the Grantee would otherwise be ineligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option by reason of the provisions of Sections 422(b)(6) and 424(d) of the Code (relating to stock ownership of more than 10 percent), an Option granted to such Grantee which is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall in no event be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it is granted.

(b) Exercisability Period and Limitations on Exercise. Subject to Sections 6(a) and 6(d), as applicable, each Option or SAR shall vest and become exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, over a period commencing on or after the date of grant and ending upon the expiration or termination of the Option or SAR, as the Board shall determine and set forth in the Award Agreement relating to such Option or SAR; provided, however, that to the extent the Option or SAR is awarded pursuant to a Grant Notice, and subject to Sections 6(a) and 6(d), as applicable, the Option or SAR shall then vest in equal annual installments ratable on each vesting date stated in the Grant Notice or, if the Grant Notice provides for cliff vesting, on the last day of the vesting period, subject to the

 

10


continued service of the Grantee on each vesting date or, in the case of cliff vesting, the vesting date, such that, except as provided otherwise in Section 12 or Section 17, any portion of an Option or SAR not yet vested or exercisable as of the date the Grantee ceases to provide continuous services to the Corporation or a Subsidiary, shall be forfeited and shall not in the future become exercisable. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, may in its sole discretion provide that an Option or SAR may not be exercised in whole or in part for any period or periods of time during which such Option or SAR is outstanding; provided, however, that any such limitation on the exercise of an Option or SAR may be rescinded, modified or waived by the Board, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time after the date of grant of such Option or SAR, so as to accelerate the time at which the Option or SAR may be exercised. Each Option or SAR granted to Non-Employee Directors or Subsidiary Directors shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, over a period commencing on the date of grant and ending on the expiration or termination of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement.

(c) Method of Option Exercise. An Option that is exercisable hereunder may be exercised by delivery to the Corporation on any business day, at its principal office, addressed to the attention of the Committee, of written notice of exercise, which notice shall specify the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised. The minimum number of shares of Stock with respect to which an Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time shall be the lesser of 100 shares or the maximum number of shares available for purchase under the Option at the time of exercise. Payment of the Option Price for the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be made (i) in cash or in cash equivalents; (ii) through the tender to the Corporation of shares of Stock, which shares shall be valued, for purposes of determining the extent to which the Option Price has been paid thereby, at their fair market value (determined in the manner described in Section 9 above) on the date of exercise; or (iii) by a combination of the methods described in (i) and (ii). Unless the Award Agreement provides otherwise, payment in full of the Option Price need not accompany the written notice of exercise provided the notice of exercise directs that the Stock certificate or certificates for the shares for which the Option is exercised be delivered to a licensed broker acceptable to the Corporation as the agent for the individual exercising the Option and, at the time such Stock certificate or certificates are delivered, the broker tenders to the Corporation cash (or cash equivalents acceptable to the Corporation) equal to the Option Price for the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option plus the amount (if any) of federal and/or other taxes which the Corporation may, in its judgment, be required to withhold with respect to the exercise of the Option. If the person exercising the Option is not the Grantee, such person shall also deliver with the notice of exercise appropriate proof of his or her right to exercise the Option. An attempt to exercise any Option granted hereunder other than as set forth above shall be invalid and of

 

11


no force and effect. Promptly after the exercise of an Option and the payment in full of the Option Price of the shares of Stock covered thereby, the individual exercising the Option shall be entitled to the issuance of a Stock certificate or certificates evidencing his ownership of such shares. A separate Stock certificate or certificates shall be issued for any shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option which is an Incentive Stock Option, which certificate or certificates shall not include any shares which were purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option. An individual holding or exercising an Option shall have none of the rights of a shareholder until the shares of Stock covered thereby are fully paid and issued to him and, except as provided in Section 17 below, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is before the date of such issuance.

 

11. TRANSFERABILITY OF INCENTIVE AWARDS.

(a) Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Stock and Stock Units. No shares of Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Stock or Stock Units shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered until the Grantee has satisfied all applicable performance objectives, if any, and service requirements (if any) imposed as a condition to the vesting of such shares and until the lapse or expiration of all other applicable restrictions and conditions imposed by the Board with respect to such shares.

(b) SARs. During the lifetime of a Grantee to whom a SAR is granted, only such Grantee (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetence, the Grantee’s guardian or legal representative) may exercise such SAR. No SAR shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Grantee to whom it is granted, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(c) Options. During the lifetime of a Grantee to whom an Incentive Stock Option is granted, only such Grantee (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetence, the Grantee’s guardian or legal representative) may exercise such Incentive Stock Option. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Grantee to whom it is granted, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and provided the Award Agreement sets forth this provision explicitly, the Board, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, may in its sole discretion permit a Grantee to transfer not for value all or part of an Option that is not intended to constitute an Incentive Stock Option to a Family member or a Family Trust, provided that the transferee shall enter into a written agreement to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement and any subsequent transfer of the Option or shares of Stock shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set out in the Plan. A transfer to an entity in which more than 50% of the voting interests are owned by Family members (or the Grantee) in exchange for an interest in that entity, shall be considered to be “not for value” for this purpose. For this purpose, “Family” means the child, stepchild, grandchild,

 

12


parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of the Grantee, including adoptive relationships, or any person sharing the Grantee’s household (other than a tenant or employee) and “Family Trust” means a trust in which members of the Grantee’s Family have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which members of the Grantee’s Family (or the Grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which a member of the Grantee’s Family (or the Grantee) owns more than 50% of the voting interests.

 

12. TERMINATION OF SERVICE OR EMPLOYMENT.

(a) Employees. With respect to an Option or SAR, upon the termination of the employment or service of the Grantee (other than a Subsidiary Director or Non-Employee Director) with the Corporation or a Subsidiary, other than by reason of the death or “permanent and total disability” (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) or after the Grantee’s attainment of Normal Retirement, any Option or SAR granted pursuant to the Plan shall terminate three months after the date of such termination of employment or service, unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 10(a) above, and such Grantee shall have no further right to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to such Option or to settle the SAR; provided, however, that, subject to Sections 6(a) and 6(d), in the event the Corporation or Subsidiary, as applicable, terminates the Grantee’s employment without “cause,” and this termination occurs prior to full vesting and exercisability of the Option or SAR, the portion of the Grantee’s Option or SAR considered vested and exercisable shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option or SAR by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months during which the Grantee was employed by the Corporation or a Subsidiary after the vesting commencement date specified in the Award Agreement and the denominator of which is the number of months of service required to achieve full vesting and exercisability. For purposes of this Section 12(a), “cause” shall mean termination because of the Grantee’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, material breach of any provision of any employment agreement between the Grantee and the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or a definitive determination that the Grantee’s job performance is unsatisfactory pursuant to the written performance review procedures of the Corporation or any Subsidiary. Furthermore, in the event of a Grantee’s death during the period following the Grantee’s termination of employment or service under this Section 12(a), the executors or administrators or legatees or distributees of such Grantee’s estate shall have the right (subject to the general limitations on exercise set forth in Section 10(b) above), at any time subsequent to such Grantee’s death and before termination of the Option as provided in Section 10(a) above, to exercise any Option held by such Grantee at the date of such Grantee’s death, subject to any installment limitation

 

13


on exercise imposed pursuant to Section 10(b) above or above in Section 12(a), as applicable. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 12(a), with respect to a Grantee whose employment terminates without “cause,” the Board may provide, in its discretion, by inclusion of appropriate language in an Award Agreement at the time of grant or later, that in the event of termination of employment or service of the Grantee with the Corporation and Subsidiaries Options or SARs held by the Grantee shall not terminate for a specified period longer than stated above (but not extending beyond termination of the Option or SAR as provided in Section 10(a) above), either subject to or without regard to any installment limitation on exercise imposed pursuant to Section 10(b) above.

With respect to an award of Restricted Stock or an award of Stock Units which are not subject to the attainment of pre-established performance goals over a performance period, upon the termination of the employment or service of a Grantee with the Corporation or a Subsidiary other than by reason of death or “permanent and total disability” (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) or after the Grantee’s attainment of Normal Retirement, any Restricted Stock issued to such Grantee or Stock Units issued to such Grantee and not subject to the attainment of pre-established performance goals over a performance period that has not vested, or with respect to which all applicable restrictions and conditions have not lapsed, shall immediately be deemed forfeited, unless the Board, in its discretion, determines otherwise; provided, however, that, subject to Sections 6(b) and 6(e), in the event the Corporation or Subsidiary, as applicable, terminates the Grantee’s employment without “cause” (as defined above) and this termination occurs prior to full vesting and the lapse of all applicable restrictions and conditions, the vested portion of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock or Stock Units not subject to the attainment of pre-established performance goals over a performance period shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Restricted Stock or Stock Units not subject to the attainment of pre-established performance goals over a performance period subject to the award by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months during which the Grantee was employed by the Corporation or a Subsidiary after the vesting commencement date specified in the Award Agreement and the denominator of which is the number of months of service required to achieve full vesting and the lapse of all applicable restrictions and conditions.

With respect to an award of Performance-Based Stock or an award of Stock Units which are subject to the attainment of pre-established performance goals over a performance period, upon termination of the employment or service of a Grantee with the Corporation or a Subsidiary other than by reason of death or “permanent and total disability” (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), any Performance-Based Stock issued to such Grantee or Stock Units issued to such Grantee which are subject to the attainment of pre-established performance goals over a performance period that has not vested, or with respect to which all applicable restrictions and conditions have not lapsed, shall immediately be deemed forfeited,

 

14


unless the Board, in its discretion, determines otherwise; provided, however, that, subject to Sections 6(c) and 6(e), in the event the Corporation or Subsidiary, as applicable, terminates the Grantee’s employment without “cause” (as defined above) and this termination occurs prior to completion of the performance period, shares of Performance-Based Stock granted to such Grantee or Stock Units granted to such Grantee subject to the attainment of pre-established performance goals over a performance period shall be eligible to become fully vested if and when the ordinary performance period ends, provided , and only to the extent that, the applicable performance criteria are satisfied. To the extent the criteria are satisfied, the shares that actually shall vest shall be the number of shares issuable upon the attained level of performance multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months during which the Grantee was employed by the Corporation or a Subsidiary after the vesting commencement date specified in the Award Agreement and the denominator of which is the number of months of service required to achieve full vesting of the Performance-Based Stock or Stock Unit award.

Upon forfeiture of Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Stock or Stock Units, the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to such Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Stock or Stock Units, including but not limited to any right to vote Restricted Stock or Performance-Based Stock or any right to receive dividends with respect to such shares of Restricted Stock or Performance-Based Stock or Stock Units. Whether a leave of absence or leave on military or government service shall constitute a termination of employment or service for purposes of the Plan shall be determined by the Board, which determination shall be final and conclusive. For purposes of the Plan, a termination of employment or service with the Corporation or a Subsidiary shall not be deemed to occur if immediately thereafter the Grantee is employed with the Corporation or any Subsidiary or is serving as a Subsidiary Director or Non-Employee Director.

(b) Non-Employee Directors and Subsidiary Directors. Any Option or SAR granted to a Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director shall not terminate until the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR regardless of whether the Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director continues to serve as a director of the Corporation, unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 10(a) above; provided, however, that the Board may provide, by inclusion of appropriate language in an Award Agreement, that a Grantee may (subject to the general limitations on exercise set forth in Section 10(b) above), in the event of termination of service of the Grantee with the Corporation as a Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director, exercise an Option or SAR, in whole or in part, within a specified period of time subsequent to such termination of service and before termination of the Option or SAR as provided in Section 10(a) above, either subject to or without regard to any installment limitation on exercise imposed pursuant to Section 10(b) above.

 

15


13. RIGHTS IN THE EVENT OF DEATH, DISABILITY OR RETIREMENT.

(a) Death of an Employee. If a Grantee (other than a Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director) dies while employed by the Corporation or a Subsidiary, the executors or administrators or legatees or distributees of such Grantee’s estate shall have the right (subject to the general limitations on exercise set forth in Section 10(b) above), at any time subsequent to such Grantee’s death and before termination of the Option as provided in Section 10(a) above, to exercise any Option or SAR held by such Grantee at the date of such Grantee’s death, without regard to any installment limitation on exercise imposed pursuant to Section 10(b) above. If a Grantee dies while employed by the Corporation or a Subsidiary, except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, all shares of Restricted Stock granted to such Grantee shall fully vest on the date of death, and the shares of Stock represented thereby shall be deliverable in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the executors, administrators, legatees or distributees of the Grantee’s estate. If a Grantee dies while employed by the Corporation or a Subsidiary, except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, shares of Performance-Based Stock granted to such Grantee shall fully vest if and when the ordinary performance period for the award ends, provided , and only to the extent that, the applicable performance criteria are satisfied. The preceding sentence also applies to any Restricted Stock otherwise issuable in connection with such Performance-Based Stock The shares of Stock deliverable in accordance with the terms of this Section 13(a) shall be delivered to the executors, administrators, legatees or distributees of the Grantee’s estate.

(b) Disability of an Employee. If a Grantee (other than a Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director) terminates employment or service with the Corporation or a Subsidiary by reason of the “permanent and total disability” (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) of such Grantee, then such Grantee shall have the right (subject to the general limitations on exercise set forth in Section 10(b) above), at any time subsequent to such termination of employment or service and before termination of the Option or SAR as provided in Section 10(a) above, to exercise, in whole or in part, any such Option or SAR held by such Grantee at the date of such termination of employment or service, without regard to any installment limitation on exercise imposed pursuant to Section 10(b) above. If a Grantee terminates employment or service with the Corporation or a Subsidiary by reason of “permanent and total disability” (as defined above), except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, all shares of Restricted Stock granted to such Grantee and all Stock Units granted to such Grantee which are not subject to the attainment of pre-established performance goals over a performance period shall fully vest upon such termination of employment. If a Grantee terminates employment or service with the Corporation or a Subsidiary by reason of “permanent and total disability” (as defined above), except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, shares of Performance-Based Stock granted to such Grantee and Stock Units granted to such Grantee which are subject to the

 

16


attainment of pre-established performance goals over a performance period shall fully vest if and when the ordinary performance period for the award ends, provided , and only to the extent that, the applicable performance criteria are satisfied. Whether a termination of employment or service is to be considered by reason of “permanent and total disability” for purposes of this Plan shall be determined by the Board, which determination shall be final and conclusive.

(c) Death or Disability of a Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director. Any Option or SAR granted to a Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director shall not terminate until the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR regardless of whether the Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director continues to serve as a director of the Corporation or Subsidiary, unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 10(a) above; provided, however, that the Board may provide, by inclusion of appropriate language in an Award Agreement, that a Grantee (or, in the event of the death of the Grantee, the executors or administrators or legatees or distributees of such Grantee’s estate) may (subject to the general limitations on exercise set forth in Section 10(b) above), in the event of termination of service of the Grantee with the Corporation as a Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director because of death or disability, exercise an Option or SAR, in whole or in part, within a specified period of time subsequent to such termination of service and before termination of the Option or SAR as provided in Section 10(a) above, either subject to or without regard to any installment limitation on exercise imposed pursuant to Section 10(b) above.

( d) Normal Retirement of an Employee. Subject to Sections 6(a) and 6(d), as applicable, if a Grantee (other than a Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director) terminates employment or service with the Corporation or a Subsidiary by reason of Normal Retirement of such Grantee, then such Grantee shall have the right, at any time after such termination of employment or service and before termination of the Option or SAR as provided in Section 10(a) above, to exercise, in whole or in part, any Option or SAR held by such Grantee at the date of such termination of employment or service, without regard to any installment limitation on exercise imposed pursuant to Section 10(b) above. Subject to Sections 6(b) and 6(e), if a Grantee (other than a Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director) terminates employment or service with the Corporation or a Subsidiary by reason of Normal Retirement of such Grantee, then the restrictions on such Grantee’s Restricted Stock or Stock Units which are not subject to the attainment of pre-established performance goals over a performance period shall lapse and the Grantee shall be entitled to the shares of Stock as specified in the Grantee’s Award Agreement. Subject to Sections 6(c) and 6(e) and notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, if a Grantee (other than a Non-Employee Director or Subsidiary Director) terminates employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary by reason of Normal Retirement, shares of Performance-Based Stock granted to such Grantee or Stock Units granted to such Grantee which are subject to the attainment

 

17


of pre-established performance goals over a performance period shall fully vest if and when the ordinary performance period for the award ends, provided , and only to the extent that, the applicable performance criteria are satisfied.

 

14. USE OF PROCEEDS.

The proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of Stock pursuant to Incentive Awards granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the Corporation.

 

15. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW.

The Corporation shall not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock under any Incentive Award if the sale or issuance of such shares would constitute a violation by the individual exercising the Incentive Award or the Corporation of any provisions of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations. Specifically in connection with the Securities Act of 1933 as now in effect or as hereafter amended (the “Securities Act”), upon exercise of any Option or SAR, unless a registration statement under the Securities Act is in effect with respect to the shares of Stock covered by such Option or SAR, the Corporation shall not be required to sell or issue such shares unless the Board has received evidence satisfactory to it that the holder of such Option or SAR may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Any determination in this connection by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive.

 

16. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Board may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan as to any shares of Stock as to which Incentive Awards have not been granted; provided, however, that no amendment by the Board shall, without approval by a majority of the votes cast at a duly held meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation at which a quorum representing a majority of all outstanding voting stock is, either in person or by proxy, present and voting on the amendment, (a) materially change the requirements as to eligibility to receive Incentive Awards; (b) increase the maximum number of shares of Stock in the aggregate that may be sold or otherwise awarded pursuant to Incentive Awards granted under the Plan (except as permitted under Section 17 hereof); (c) change the minimum Option Price set forth in Section 9 hereof or the minimum grant price for a SAR set forth in Section 6(d) hereof (except as permitted under Section 17 hereof); (d) increase the maximum period during which Options or SARs may be exercised; (e) extend the term of the Plan; or (f) materially increase the benefits accruing to eligible individuals under the Plan. Except as permitted under Section 17 hereof, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the holder of the Incentive Award, impair rights or obligations under any Incentive

 

18


Award theretofore granted under the Plan. No amendment will be made to the no-repricing provisions of Section 8(c) without the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders.

 

17. EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

(a) Changes in Stock. If the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Corporation by reason of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split-up, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Corporation, occurring after the effective date of the Plan, the number and kinds of shares for the purchase of which Incentive Awards may be granted under the Plan shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly by the Corporation. In addition, the number and kind of shares for which Options or SARs are outstanding shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly so that the proportionate interest of the holder of the Option immediately following such event shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as immediately before such event. Any such adjustment in outstanding Options shall not change the aggregate Option Price or grant price payable with respect to shares subject to the unexercised portion of the Option or SAR outstanding, but shall include a corresponding proportionate adjustment in the Option Price or grant price per share.

(b) Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is the Surviving Corporation. Subject to Subsection (c) hereof, if the Corporation shall be the surviving corporation in any reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Corporation with one or more other corporations, any Incentive Award theretofore granted pursuant to the Plan shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Incentive Award would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, and, in the case of an Option or SAR, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the Option Price or grant price per share so that the aggregate Option Price or grant price thereafter shall be the same as the aggregate Option Price or grant price of the shares remaining subject to the Option immediately before such reorganization, merger, or consolidation.

(c) Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is Not the Surviving Corporation or Sale of Assets or Stock. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or upon a merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Corporation with one or more other corporations in which the Corporation is not the surviving corporation, or upon a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation, or upon any transaction (including, without limitation, a merger or reorganization in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation) approved by the Board which results in any person or entity owning 80

 

19


percent or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation, the Plan and all Incentive Awards outstanding hereunder shall terminate, except to the extent provision is made in writing in connection with such transaction for the continuation of the Plan and/or the assumption of the Incentive Awards theretofore granted, or for the substitution for such Incentive Awards of new options, stock appreciation rights, Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Stock or Stock Units as applicable, covering the stock of a successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kinds of shares and, in the case of Options and SARs, exercise or grant prices, in which event the Plan and Incentive Awards theretofore granted shall continue in the manner and under the terms so provided. In the event of any such termination of the Plan, all restrictions on Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Stock and Stock Units shall lapse and the Grantee shall become the owner outright of the Stock and each individual holding an Option or SAR shall have the right, for 30 days immediately prior to the occurrence of such termination, to exercise such Option in whole or in part, without regard to any limitation on exercise imposed pursuant to Section 10(b) above, unless otherwise explicitly provided in the Award Agreement. The Board shall send written notice of an event that will result in such a termination to all individuals who hold Options or SARs not later than the time at which the Corporation gives notice thereof to its shareholders.

(d) Change of Control Accelerated Vesting . Except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in an Award Agreement, even if Incentive Awards are assumed or continued in connection with such transaction, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) Effective for Incentive Awards granted on or after February 22, 2012, if the service of an eligible individual who continues to render services to the Corporation or a Subsidiary immediately prior to a Change of Control is involuntarily terminated by the Corporation without cause (as defined in Section 12(a)), within two years following the Change of Control, other than by reason of death or “permanent and total disability” (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) or, in the case of an employee, the individual resigns from the Corporation for Good Reason within two years following the Change of Control, the individual’s Incentive Awards shall become fully vested, and, in the case of Options or SARs, exercisable upon such termination of service;

(ii) Effective for Incentive Awards granted prior to February 22, 2012, Incentive Awards outstanding to eligible individuals who continue to render services to the Corporation or a Subsidiary immediately prior to a Change of Control shall become fully vested, and, in the case of Options or SARs, exercisable, upon the Change of Control; and

 

20


(iii) For purposes of Sections 17(d)(i) and (ii), any Performance-Based Stock award or any award of Stock Units which are subject to pre-established performance over a performance period that shall become fully vested pursuant to this Section 17(d) shall vest at the greater of (i) the target level determined under the Award Agreement or (ii) the amount determined immediately prior to such consummation of the Change of Control as though that were the end of the performance period.

For purposes of this Section 17(d), “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following conditions: (i) a material diminution in the eligible individual’s base compensation; (ii) a material diminution in the eligible individual’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (iii) a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the eligible individual is required to report (including a requirement that an eligible individual report to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the Board); (iv) a material change in the geographic location at which the eligible individual must perform services; or (v) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of any agreement under which the eligible individual provides services. Prior to termination for Good Reason the eligible individual must provide notice to the Corporation of the existence of a condition for Good Reason within 90 days of the initial existence of the condition. The eligible individual will only be eligible to terminate employment for Good Reason if the Corporation does not remedy the condition within 30 days of such notice.

(e) Adjustments. Adjustments under this Section 17 related to Stock or securities of the Corporation shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding, and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock or units of other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole share or unit.

(f) No Limitations on Corporation. The grant of an Incentive Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

(g) Distribution of Stock. All distributions, if any, received by a Grantee with respect to Restricted Stock or Performance-Based Stock as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, or other similar transaction shall be subject to the restrictions applicable to the original grant.

 

21


18. CHANGE OF CONTROL DEFINED.

(a) General Rule. For the purpose of this Plan, a “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the events described in Sections 18(b) through 18(e) below.

(b) Stock Acquisition . A Change of Control shall occur upon the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation (the “Outstanding Corporation Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities”); provided , however , that for purposes of this subsection (b), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Corporation, (ii) any acquisition by the Corporation, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any company controlled by the Corporation or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (d) of this Section 18.

(c) Board Change . A Change of Control shall occur when individuals who, as of January 31, 2005, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board.

(d) Certain Other Business Transactions . A Change of Control shall occur upon consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors,

 

22


as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a company which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Corporation or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination.

(e) Liquidation or Dissolution . A Change of Control shall occur upon approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

 

19. DISCLAIMER OF RIGHTS.

No provision in the Plan or in any Incentive Award granted or Award Agreement entered into pursuant to the Plan shall be construed to confer upon any individual the right to remain in the employ or service of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or to interfere in any way with the right and authority of the Corporation or any Subsidiary either to increase or decrease the compensation of any individual at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between any individual and the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

 

20. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN.

Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to the shareholders of the Corporation for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations upon the right and authority of the Board to adopt such other incentive compensation arrangements (which arrangements may be applicable either generally to a class or classes of individuals or specifically to a particular individual or individuals) as the Board in its discretion determines desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan.

 

23


21. WITHHOLDING TAXES.

The Corporation or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due a Grantee any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions applicable to Incentive Awards or with respect to the exercise of Options or SARs. At the time of such vesting, lapse, or exercise, the Grantee shall pay to the Corporation or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, any amount that the Corporation or the Subsidiary may reasonably determine to be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation. Subject to the prior approval of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, which may be withheld in the sole discretion thereof, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Corporation or such Subsidiary to withhold shares of Stock otherwise deliverable under a Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Stock or Stock Unit award or a SAR or by withholding from the Stock to be issued upon the exercise of an Option or (ii) by delivering to the Corporation or such Subsidiary shares of Stock already owned by the Grantee. The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld shall have a fair market value equal to the withholding obligations. The fair market value of the shares of Stock used to satisfy the withholding obligation shall be determined by the Corporation or any Subsidiary as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

*       *       *

This amended and restated Plan reflects the plan restatement duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation by resolution at a meeting held on October 23, 2006, as subsequently amended by the Board on January 28, 2007, April 26, 2007, February 21, 2008, April 21, 2008 and February 26, 2010.

 

/s/ James C. Smith

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

24

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

I, James C. Smith, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Webster Financial Corporation;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 2, 2012

/s/ James C. Smith

James C. Smith
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

I, Glenn I. MacInnes, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Webster Financial Corporation;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 2, 2012

/s/ Glenn I. MacInnes

Glenn I. MacInnes
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Webster Financial Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies that, to his knowledge on the date hereof:

 

  (a) the Form 10-Q Report of the Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: May 2, 2012

 

/s/ James C. Smith

James C. Smith
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Release 33-8238, dated June 5, 2003, this certification is being furnished and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or incorporated by reference in any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Webster Financial Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies that, to his knowledge on the date hereof:

 

  (a) the Form 10-Q Report of the Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: May 2, 2012

 

/s/ Glenn I. MacInnes

Glenn I. MacInnes
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Release 33-8238, dated June 5, 2003, this certification is being furnished and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or incorporated by reference in any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.